blob: c12ba83d59075c8b7a50924363453ea5af948a9e [file] [log] [blame]
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +00001//===--------------------- SemaLookup.cpp - Name Lookup ------------------===//
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements name lookup for C, C++, Objective-C, and
11// Objective-C++.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +000014
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +000015#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000016#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
18#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Nick Lewyckyc3921482012-04-03 21:44:08 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclLookups.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000020#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +000021#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000022#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +000023#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000024#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000025#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +000026#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
Alp Tokerb6cc5922014-05-03 03:45:55 +000027#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
Richard Smith4caa4492015-05-15 02:34:32 +000028#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000029#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
Mehdi Amini9670f842016-07-18 19:02:11 +000030#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000031#include "clang/Sema/Overload.h"
32#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000038#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000039#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +000040#include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +000041#include "llvm/ADT/edit_distance.h"
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +000042#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000043#include <algorithm>
44#include <iterator>
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +000045#include <list>
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000046#include <set>
47#include <utility>
48#include <vector>
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000049
50using namespace clang;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +000051using namespace sema;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000052
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000053namespace {
54 class UnqualUsingEntry {
55 const DeclContext *Nominated;
56 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000057
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000058 public:
59 UnqualUsingEntry(const DeclContext *Nominated,
60 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor)
61 : Nominated(Nominated), CommonAncestor(CommonAncestor) {
62 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000063
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000064 const DeclContext *getCommonAncestor() const {
65 return CommonAncestor;
66 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000067
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000068 const DeclContext *getNominatedNamespace() const {
69 return Nominated;
70 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000071
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000072 // Sort by the pointer value of the common ancestor.
73 struct Comparator {
74 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &L, const UnqualUsingEntry &R) {
75 return L.getCommonAncestor() < R.getCommonAncestor();
76 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000077
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000078 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &E, const DeclContext *DC) {
79 return E.getCommonAncestor() < DC;
80 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000081
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000082 bool operator()(const DeclContext *DC, const UnqualUsingEntry &E) {
83 return DC < E.getCommonAncestor();
84 }
85 };
86 };
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000087
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000088 /// A collection of using directives, as used by C++ unqualified
89 /// lookup.
90 class UnqualUsingDirectiveSet {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +000091 typedef SmallVector<UnqualUsingEntry, 8> ListTy;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000092
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000093 ListTy list;
94 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> visited;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000095
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000096 public:
97 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet() {}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000098
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000099 void visitScopeChain(Scope *S, Scope *InnermostFileScope) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000100 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000101 // During unqualified name lookup, the names appear as if they
102 // were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
103 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000104 DeclContext *InnermostFileDC = InnermostFileScope->getEntity();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000105 assert(InnermostFileDC && InnermostFileDC->isFileContext());
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000106
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000107 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000108 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
109 // A using-directive shall not appear in class scope, but may
110 // appear in namespace scope or in block scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000111 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000112 if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext()) {
113 visit(Ctx, Ctx);
114 } else if (!Ctx || Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Aaron Ballman5df6aa42014-03-17 17:03:37 +0000115 for (auto *I : S->using_directives())
116 visit(I, InnermostFileDC);
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000117 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000118 }
119 }
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000120
121 // Visits a context and collect all of its using directives
122 // recursively. Treats all using directives as if they were
123 // declared in the context.
124 //
125 // A given context is only every visited once, so it is important
126 // that contexts be visited from the inside out in order to get
127 // the effective DCs right.
128 void visit(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000129 if (!visited.insert(DC).second)
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000130 return;
131
132 addUsingDirectives(DC, EffectiveDC);
133 }
134
135 // Visits a using directive and collects all of its using
136 // directives recursively. Treats all using directives as if they
137 // were declared in the effective DC.
138 void visit(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
139 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000140 if (!visited.insert(NS).second)
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000141 return;
142
143 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
144 addUsingDirectives(NS, EffectiveDC);
145 }
146
147 // Adds all the using directives in a context (and those nominated
148 // by its using directives, transitively) as if they appeared in
149 // the given effective context.
150 void addUsingDirectives(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +0000151 SmallVector<DeclContext*, 4> queue;
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000152 while (true) {
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +0000153 for (auto UD : DC->using_directives()) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000154 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000155 if (visited.insert(NS).second) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000156 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
157 queue.push_back(NS);
158 }
159 }
160
161 if (queue.empty())
162 return;
163
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +0000164 DC = queue.pop_back_val();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000165 }
166 }
167
168 // Add a using directive as if it had been declared in the given
169 // context. This helps implement C++ [namespace.udir]p3:
170 // The using-directive is transitive: if a scope contains a
171 // using-directive that nominates a second namespace that itself
172 // contains using-directives, the effect is as if the
173 // using-directives from the second namespace also appeared in
174 // the first.
175 void addUsingDirective(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
176 // Find the common ancestor between the effective context and
177 // the nominated namespace.
178 DeclContext *Common = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
179 while (!Common->Encloses(EffectiveDC))
180 Common = Common->getParent();
John McCall9757d032009-11-10 09:20:04 +0000181 Common = Common->getPrimaryContext();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000182
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000183 list.push_back(UnqualUsingEntry(UD->getNominatedNamespace(), Common));
184 }
185
186 void done() {
187 std::sort(list.begin(), list.end(), UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator());
188 }
189
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000190 typedef ListTy::const_iterator const_iterator;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000191
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000192 const_iterator begin() const { return list.begin(); }
193 const_iterator end() const { return list.end(); }
194
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000195 llvm::iterator_range<const_iterator>
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000196 getNamespacesFor(DeclContext *DC) const {
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000197 return llvm::make_range(std::equal_range(begin(), end(),
198 DC->getPrimaryContext(),
199 UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator()));
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000200 }
201 };
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +0000202} // end anonymous namespace
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000203
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000204// Retrieve the set of identifier namespaces that correspond to a
205// specific kind of name lookup.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000206static inline unsigned getIDNS(Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind,
207 bool CPlusPlus,
208 bool Redeclaration) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000209 unsigned IDNS = 0;
210 switch (NameKind) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +0000211 case Sema::LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000212 case Sema::LookupOrdinaryName:
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000213 case Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000214 case Sema::LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000215 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000216 if (CPlusPlus) {
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000217 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000218 if (Redeclaration)
219 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000220 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000221 if (Redeclaration)
222 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000223 break;
224
John McCallb9467b62010-04-24 01:30:58 +0000225 case Sema::LookupOperatorName:
226 // Operator lookup is its own crazy thing; it is not the same
227 // as (e.g.) looking up an operator name for redeclaration.
228 assert(!Redeclaration && "cannot do redeclaration operator lookup");
229 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_NonMemberOperator;
230 break;
231
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000232 case Sema::LookupTagName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000233 if (CPlusPlus) {
234 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type;
235
236 // When looking for a redeclaration of a tag name, we add:
237 // 1) TagFriend to find undeclared friend decls
238 // 2) Namespace because they can't "overload" with tag decls.
239 // 3) Tag because it includes class templates, which can't
240 // "overload" with tag decls.
241 if (Redeclaration)
242 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
243 } else {
244 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Tag;
245 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000246 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000247
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000248 case Sema::LookupLabel:
249 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Label;
250 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000251
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000252 case Sema::LookupMemberName:
253 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Member;
254 if (CPlusPlus)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000255 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000256 break;
257
258 case Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000259 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
260 break;
261
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000262 case Sema::LookupNamespaceName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000263 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000264 break;
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +0000265
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000266 case Sema::LookupUsingDeclName:
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000267 assert(Redeclaration && "should only be used for redecl lookup");
268 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member |
269 Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend |
270 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000271 break;
272
Douglas Gregor79947a22009-04-24 00:11:27 +0000273 case Sema::LookupObjCProtocolName:
274 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol;
275 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000276
Alexey Bataev94a4f0c2016-03-03 05:21:39 +0000277 case Sema::LookupOMPReductionName:
278 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_OMPReduction;
279 break;
280
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000281 case Sema::LookupAnyName:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000282 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000283 | Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol
284 | Decl::IDNS_Type;
285 break;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000286 }
287 return IDNS;
288}
289
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000290void LookupResult::configure() {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000291 IDNS = getIDNS(LookupKind, getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus,
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000292 isForRedeclaration());
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000293
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000294 // If we're looking for one of the allocation or deallocation
295 // operators, make sure that the implicitly-declared new and delete
296 // operators can be found.
297 switch (NameInfo.getName().getCXXOverloadedOperator()) {
298 case OO_New:
299 case OO_Delete:
300 case OO_Array_New:
301 case OO_Array_Delete:
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000302 getSema().DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000303 break;
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000304
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000305 default:
306 break;
307 }
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000308
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000309 // Compiler builtins are always visible, regardless of where they end
310 // up being declared.
311 if (IdentifierInfo *Id = NameInfo.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) {
312 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Id->getBuiltinID()) {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000313 if (!getSema().Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000314 AllowHidden = true;
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000315 }
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000316 }
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000317}
318
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000319bool LookupResult::sanity() const {
Richard Smithf97ad222014-04-01 18:33:50 +0000320 // This function is never called by NDEBUG builds.
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000321 assert(ResultKind != NotFound || Decls.size() == 0);
322 assert(ResultKind != Found || Decls.size() == 1);
323 assert(ResultKind != FoundOverloaded || Decls.size() > 1 ||
324 (Decls.size() == 1 &&
325 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*begin())->getUnderlyingDecl())));
326 assert(ResultKind != FoundUnresolvedValue || sanityCheckUnresolved());
327 assert(ResultKind != Ambiguous || Decls.size() > 1 ||
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +0000328 (Decls.size() == 1 && (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects ||
329 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes)));
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000330 assert((Paths != nullptr) == (ResultKind == Ambiguous &&
331 (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes ||
332 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects)));
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000333 return true;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000334}
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000335
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000336// Necessary because CXXBasePaths is not complete in Sema.h
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000337void LookupResult::deletePaths(CXXBasePaths *Paths) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000338 delete Paths;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000339}
340
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000341/// Get a representative context for a declaration such that two declarations
342/// will have the same context if they were found within the same scope.
Benjamin Kramerfc58b042013-11-01 11:50:55 +0000343static DeclContext *getContextForScopeMatching(Decl *D) {
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000344 // For function-local declarations, use that function as the context. This
345 // doesn't account for scopes within the function; the caller must deal with
346 // those.
347 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
348 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
349 return DC;
350
351 // Otherwise, look at the semantic context of the declaration. The
352 // declaration must have been found there.
353 return D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
354}
355
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000356/// \brief Determine whether \p D is a better lookup result than \p Existing,
357/// given that they declare the same entity.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000358static bool isPreferredLookupResult(Sema &S, Sema::LookupNameKind Kind,
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000359 NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *Existing) {
360 // When looking up redeclarations of a using declaration, prefer a using
361 // shadow declaration over any other declaration of the same entity.
362 if (Kind == Sema::LookupUsingDeclName && isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
363 !isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Existing))
364 return true;
365
366 auto *DUnderlying = D->getUnderlyingDecl();
367 auto *EUnderlying = Existing->getUnderlyingDecl();
368
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000369 // If they have different underlying declarations, prefer a typedef over the
370 // original type (this happens when two type declarations denote the same
371 // type), per a generous reading of C++ [dcl.typedef]p3 and p4. The typedef
372 // might carry additional semantic information, such as an alignment override.
373 // However, per C++ [dcl.typedef]p5, when looking up a tag name, prefer a tag
374 // declaration over a typedef.
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000375 if (DUnderlying->getCanonicalDecl() != EUnderlying->getCanonicalDecl()) {
376 assert(isa<TypeDecl>(DUnderlying) && isa<TypeDecl>(EUnderlying));
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000377 bool HaveTag = isa<TagDecl>(EUnderlying);
378 bool WantTag = Kind == Sema::LookupTagName;
379 return HaveTag != WantTag;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000380 }
381
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000382 // Pick the function with more default arguments.
383 // FIXME: In the presence of ambiguous default arguments, we should keep both,
384 // so we can diagnose the ambiguity if the default argument is needed.
385 // See C++ [over.match.best]p3.
386 if (auto *DFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
387 auto *EFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(EUnderlying);
388 unsigned DMin = DFD->getMinRequiredArguments();
389 unsigned EMin = EFD->getMinRequiredArguments();
390 // If D has more default arguments, it is preferred.
391 if (DMin != EMin)
392 return DMin < EMin;
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000393 // FIXME: When we track visibility for default function arguments, check
394 // that we pick the declaration with more visible default arguments.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000395 }
396
397 // Pick the template with more default template arguments.
398 if (auto *DTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
399 auto *ETD = cast<TemplateDecl>(EUnderlying);
400 unsigned DMin = DTD->getTemplateParameters()->getMinRequiredArguments();
401 unsigned EMin = ETD->getTemplateParameters()->getMinRequiredArguments();
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000402 // If D has more default arguments, it is preferred. Note that default
403 // arguments (and their visibility) is monotonically increasing across the
404 // redeclaration chain, so this is a quick proxy for "is more recent".
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000405 if (DMin != EMin)
406 return DMin < EMin;
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000407 // If D has more *visible* default arguments, it is preferred. Note, an
408 // earlier default argument being visible does not imply that a later
409 // default argument is visible, so we can't just check the first one.
410 for (unsigned I = DMin, N = DTD->getTemplateParameters()->size();
411 I != N; ++I) {
412 if (!S.hasVisibleDefaultArgument(
413 ETD->getTemplateParameters()->getParam(I)) &&
414 S.hasVisibleDefaultArgument(
415 DTD->getTemplateParameters()->getParam(I)))
416 return true;
417 }
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000418 }
419
Vassil Vassilev4d75e8d2016-02-28 19:08:24 +0000420 // VarDecl can have incomplete array types, prefer the one with more complete
421 // array type.
422 if (VarDecl *DVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
423 VarDecl *EVD = cast<VarDecl>(EUnderlying);
424 if (EVD->getType()->isIncompleteType() &&
425 !DVD->getType()->isIncompleteType()) {
426 // Prefer the decl with a more complete type if visible.
427 return S.isVisible(DVD);
428 }
429 return false; // Avoid picking up a newer decl, just because it was newer.
430 }
431
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000432 // For most kinds of declaration, it doesn't really matter which one we pick.
433 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(DUnderlying) && !isa<VarDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
434 // If the existing declaration is hidden, prefer the new one. Otherwise,
435 // keep what we've got.
436 return !S.isVisible(Existing);
437 }
438
439 // Pick the newer declaration; it might have a more precise type.
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000440 for (Decl *Prev = DUnderlying->getPreviousDecl(); Prev;
441 Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl())
442 if (Prev == EUnderlying)
443 return true;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000444 return false;
445}
446
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000447/// Determine whether \p D can hide a tag declaration.
448static bool canHideTag(NamedDecl *D) {
449 // C++ [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
450 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region [...]
451 // exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration name
452 // that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all refer to
Richard Smith4eeaec42016-12-18 22:01:46 +0000453 // the same variable, non-static data member, or enumerator, or all refer
454 // to functions and function templates; in this case the class name or
455 // enumeration name is hidden.
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000456 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
457 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of a
458 // variable, data member, function, or enumerator declared in the same
459 // scope.
Richard Smith4eeaec42016-12-18 22:01:46 +0000460 // An UnresolvedUsingValueDecl always instantiates to one of these.
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000461 D = D->getUnderlyingDecl();
462 return isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D) ||
Richard Smith4eeaec42016-12-18 22:01:46 +0000463 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || isa<FieldDecl>(D) ||
464 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000465}
466
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000467/// Resolves the result kind of this lookup.
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000468void LookupResult::resolveKind() {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000469 unsigned N = Decls.size();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000470
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000471 // Fast case: no possible ambiguity.
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000472 if (N == 0) {
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000473 assert(ResultKind == NotFound ||
474 ResultKind == NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation);
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000475 return;
476 }
477
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000478 // If there's a single decl, we need to examine it to decide what
479 // kind of lookup this is.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000480 if (N == 1) {
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000481 NamedDecl *D = (*Decls.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
482 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000483 ResultKind = FoundOverloaded;
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000484 else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D))
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000485 ResultKind = FoundUnresolvedValue;
486 return;
487 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000488
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000489 // Don't do any extra resolution if we've already resolved as ambiguous.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000490 if (ResultKind == Ambiguous) return;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000491
Richard Smitha534a312015-07-21 23:54:07 +0000492 llvm::SmallDenseMap<NamedDecl*, unsigned, 16> Unique;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000493 llvm::SmallDenseMap<QualType, unsigned, 16> UniqueTypes;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000494
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000495 bool Ambiguous = false;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000496 bool HasTag = false, HasFunction = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000497 bool HasFunctionTemplate = false, HasUnresolved = false;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000498 NamedDecl *HasNonFunction = nullptr;
499
500 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> EquivalentNonFunctions;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000501
502 unsigned UniqueTagIndex = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000503
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000504 unsigned I = 0;
505 while (I < N) {
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +0000506 NamedDecl *D = Decls[I]->getUnderlyingDecl();
507 D = cast<NamedDecl>(D->getCanonicalDecl());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000508
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000509 // Ignore an invalid declaration unless it's the only one left.
Richard Smith5cd86f82015-11-03 03:13:11 +0000510 if (D->isInvalidDecl() && !(I == 0 && N == 1)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000511 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
512 continue;
513 }
514
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000515 llvm::Optional<unsigned> ExistingI;
516
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000517 // Redeclarations of types via typedef can occur both within a scope
518 // and, through using declarations and directives, across scopes. There is
519 // no ambiguity if they all refer to the same type, so unique based on the
520 // canonical type.
521 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(D)) {
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000522 QualType T = getSema().Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
523 auto UniqueResult = UniqueTypes.insert(
524 std::make_pair(getSema().Context.getCanonicalType(T), I));
525 if (!UniqueResult.second) {
526 // The type is not unique.
527 ExistingI = UniqueResult.first->second;
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000528 }
529 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000530
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000531 // For non-type declarations, check for a prior lookup result naming this
532 // canonical declaration.
533 if (!ExistingI) {
534 auto UniqueResult = Unique.insert(std::make_pair(D, I));
535 if (!UniqueResult.second) {
536 // We've seen this entity before.
537 ExistingI = UniqueResult.first->second;
Richard Smitha534a312015-07-21 23:54:07 +0000538 }
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000539 }
540
541 if (ExistingI) {
542 // This is not a unique lookup result. Pick one of the results and
543 // discard the other.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000544 if (isPreferredLookupResult(getSema(), getLookupKind(), Decls[I],
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000545 Decls[*ExistingI]))
546 Decls[*ExistingI] = Decls[I];
547 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000548 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000549 }
550
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000551 // Otherwise, do some decl type analysis and then continue.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000552
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000553 if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D)) {
554 HasUnresolved = true;
555 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(D)) {
556 if (HasTag)
557 Ambiguous = true;
558 UniqueTagIndex = I;
559 HasTag = true;
560 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
561 HasFunction = true;
562 HasFunctionTemplate = true;
563 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
564 HasFunction = true;
565 } else {
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000566 if (HasNonFunction) {
567 // If we're about to create an ambiguity between two declarations that
568 // are equivalent, but one is an internal linkage declaration from one
569 // module and the other is an internal linkage declaration from another
570 // module, just skip it.
571 if (getSema().isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(HasNonFunction,
572 D)) {
573 EquivalentNonFunctions.push_back(D);
574 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
575 continue;
576 }
577
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000578 Ambiguous = true;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000579 }
580 HasNonFunction = D;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000581 }
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000582 I++;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000583 }
Douglas Gregor38feed82009-04-24 02:57:34 +0000584
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000585 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
586 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of
587 // an object, function, or enumerator declared in the same
588 // scope. If a class or enumeration name and an object, function,
589 // or enumerator are declared in the same scope (in any order)
590 // with the same name, the class or enumeration name is hidden
591 // wherever the object, function, or enumerator name is visible.
592 // But it's still an error if there are distinct tag types found,
593 // even if they're not visible. (ref?)
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000594 if (N > 1 && HideTags && HasTag && !Ambiguous &&
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000595 (HasFunction || HasNonFunction || HasUnresolved)) {
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000596 NamedDecl *OtherDecl = Decls[UniqueTagIndex ? 0 : N - 1];
597 if (isa<TagDecl>(Decls[UniqueTagIndex]->getUnderlyingDecl()) &&
598 getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex])->Equals(
599 getContextForScopeMatching(OtherDecl)) &&
600 canHideTag(OtherDecl))
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000601 Decls[UniqueTagIndex] = Decls[--N];
602 else
603 Ambiguous = true;
604 }
Anders Carlsson8d0f6b72009-06-26 03:37:05 +0000605
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000606 // FIXME: This diagnostic should really be delayed until we're done with
607 // the lookup result, in case the ambiguity is resolved by the caller.
608 if (!EquivalentNonFunctions.empty() && !Ambiguous)
609 getSema().diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(
610 getNameLoc(), HasNonFunction, EquivalentNonFunctions);
611
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000612 Decls.set_size(N);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000613
John McCall80053822009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000614 if (HasNonFunction && (HasFunction || HasUnresolved))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000615 Ambiguous = true;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +0000616
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000617 if (Ambiguous)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000618 setAmbiguous(LookupResult::AmbiguousReference);
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000619 else if (HasUnresolved)
620 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000621 else if (N > 1 || HasFunctionTemplate)
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000622 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundOverloaded;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000623 else
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000624 ResultKind = LookupResult::Found;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +0000625}
626
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000627void LookupResult::addDeclsFromBasePaths(const CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +0000628 CXXBasePaths::const_paths_iterator I, E;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000629 for (I = P.begin(), E = P.end(); I != E; ++I)
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000630 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator DI = I->Decls.begin(),
631 DE = I->Decls.end(); DI != DE; ++DI)
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000632 addDecl(*DI);
Douglas Gregorfe3d7d02009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000633}
634
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000635void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000636 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
637 Paths->swap(P);
638 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
639 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000640 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjects);
Douglas Gregor0e8fc3c2009-02-02 21:35:47 +0000641}
642
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000643void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000644 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
645 Paths->swap(P);
646 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
647 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000648 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000649}
650
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000651void LookupResult::print(raw_ostream &Out) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000652 Out << Decls.size() << " result(s)";
653 if (isAmbiguous()) Out << ", ambiguous";
654 if (Paths) Out << ", base paths present";
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000655
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000656 for (iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I) {
657 Out << "\n";
658 (*I)->print(Out, 2);
659 }
660}
661
Richard Smithba3a4f92016-01-12 21:59:26 +0000662LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void LookupResult::dump() {
663 llvm::errs() << "lookup results for " << getLookupName().getAsString()
664 << ":\n";
665 for (NamedDecl *D : *this)
666 D->dump();
667}
668
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000669/// \brief Lookup a builtin function, when name lookup would otherwise
670/// fail.
671static bool LookupBuiltin(Sema &S, LookupResult &R) {
672 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
673
674 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
675 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
676 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
677 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName ||
678 NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
679 IdentifierInfo *II = R.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
680 if (II) {
Eric Fiselier6ad68552016-07-01 01:24:09 +0000681 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName) {
682 if (II == S.getASTContext().getMakeIntegerSeqName()) {
683 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getMakeIntegerSeqDecl());
684 return true;
685 } else if (II == S.getASTContext().getTypePackElementName()) {
686 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getTypePackElementDecl());
687 return true;
688 }
David Majnemerd9b1a4f2015-11-04 03:40:30 +0000689 }
Nico Webere1687c52013-06-20 21:44:55 +0000690
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000691 // If this is a builtin on this (or all) targets, create the decl.
692 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
Anastasia Stulovab607e0f2016-02-02 11:29:43 +0000693 // In C++ and OpenCL (spec v1.2 s6.9.f), we don't have any predefined
694 // library functions like 'malloc'. Instead, we'll just error.
695 if ((S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) &&
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000696 S.Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
697 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000698
699 if (NamedDecl *D = S.LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II,
700 BuiltinID, S.TUScope,
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000701 R.isForRedeclaration(),
702 R.getNameLoc())) {
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000703 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000704 return true;
705 }
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000706 }
707 }
708 }
709
710 return false;
711}
712
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000713/// \brief Determine whether we can declare a special member function within
714/// the class at this point.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000715static bool CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000716 // We need to have a definition for the class.
717 if (!Class->getDefinition() || Class->isDependentContext())
718 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000719
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000720 // We can't be in the middle of defining the class.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000721 return !Class->isBeingDefined();
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000722}
723
724void Sema::ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000725 if (!CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class))
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000726 return;
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000727
728 // If the default constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000729 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000730 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000731
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000732 // If the copy constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000733 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000734 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000735
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000736 // If the copy assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000737 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000738 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
739
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000740 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000741 // If the move constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
742 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Richard Smitha87b7662016-05-13 18:48:05 +0000743 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000744
745 // If the move assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
746 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
Richard Smitha87b7662016-05-13 18:48:05 +0000747 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000748 }
749
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000750 // If the destructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000751 if (Class->needsImplicitDestructor())
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000752 DeclareImplicitDestructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000753}
754
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000755/// \brief Determine whether this is the name of an implicitly-declared
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000756/// special member function.
757static bool isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(DeclarationName Name) {
758 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000759 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000760 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
761 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000762
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000763 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
764 return Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000765
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000766 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000767 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000768 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000769
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000770 return false;
771}
772
773/// \brief If there are any implicit member functions with the given name
774/// that need to be declared in the given declaration context, do so.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000775static void DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(Sema &S,
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000776 DeclarationName Name,
Richard Smith32918772017-02-14 00:25:28 +0000777 SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000778 const DeclContext *DC) {
779 if (!DC)
780 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000781
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000782 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000783 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
784 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000785 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000786 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000787 if (Record->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000788 S.DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000789 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000790 S.DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000791 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000792 Record->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
793 S.DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000794 }
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000795 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000796
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000797 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
798 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000799 if (Record->getDefinition() && Record->needsImplicitDestructor() &&
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000800 CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record))
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000801 S.DeclareImplicitDestructor(const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record));
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000802 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000803
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000804 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
805 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Equal)
806 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000807
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000808 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000809 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000810 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000811 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000812 S.DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000813 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000814 Record->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
815 S.DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class);
816 }
817 }
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000818 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000819
Richard Smith32918772017-02-14 00:25:28 +0000820 case DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName:
821 S.DeclareImplicitDeductionGuides(Name.getCXXDeductionGuideTemplate(), Loc);
822 break;
823
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000824 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000825 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000826 }
827}
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000828
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000829// Adds all qualifying matches for a name within a decl context to the
830// given lookup result. Returns true if any matches were found.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000831static bool LookupDirect(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, const DeclContext *DC) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000832 bool Found = false;
833
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000834 // Lazily declare C++ special member functions.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000835 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Richard Smith32918772017-02-14 00:25:28 +0000836 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(S, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
837 DC);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000838
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000839 // Perform lookup into this declaration context.
Richard Smithcf4bdde2015-02-21 02:45:19 +0000840 DeclContext::lookup_result DR = DC->lookup(R.getLookupName());
841 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = DR.begin(), E = DR.end(); I != E;
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000842 ++I) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000843 NamedDecl *D = *I;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000844 if ((D = R.getAcceptableDecl(D))) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000845 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000846 Found = true;
847 }
848 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000849
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000850 if (!Found && DC->isTranslationUnit() && LookupBuiltin(S, R))
851 return true;
852
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000853 if (R.getLookupName().getNameKind()
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000854 != DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName ||
855 R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() ||
856 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
857 return Found;
858
859 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000860 // A specialization of a conversion function template is not found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000861 // name lookup. Instead, any conversion function templates visible in the
862 // context of the use are considered. [...]
863 const CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +0000864 if (!Record->isCompleteDefinition())
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000865 return Found;
866
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa6567c42012-11-28 03:56:09 +0000867 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator U = Record->conversion_begin(),
868 UEnd = Record->conversion_end(); U != UEnd; ++U) {
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000869 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*U);
870 if (!ConvTemplate)
871 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000872
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000873 // When we're performing lookup for the purposes of redeclaration, just
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000874 // add the conversion function template. When we deduce template
875 // arguments for specializations, we'll end up unifying the return
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000876 // type of the new declaration with the type of the function template.
877 if (R.isForRedeclaration()) {
878 R.addDecl(ConvTemplate);
879 Found = true;
880 continue;
881 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000882
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000883 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000884 // [...] For each such operator, if argument deduction succeeds
885 // (14.9.2.3), the resulting specialization is used as if found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000886 // name lookup.
887 //
888 // When referencing a conversion function for any purpose other than
889 // a redeclaration (such that we'll be building an expression with the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000890 // result), perform template argument deduction and place the
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000891 // specialization into the result set. We do this to avoid forcing all
892 // callers to perform special deduction for conversion functions.
Craig Toppere6706e42012-09-19 02:26:47 +0000893 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(R.getNameLoc());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000894 FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000895
896 const FunctionProtoType *ConvProto
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000897 = ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
898 assert(ConvProto && "Nonsensical conversion function template type");
Douglas Gregor3c96a462010-01-12 01:17:50 +0000899
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000900 // Compute the type of the function that we would expect the conversion
901 // function to have, if it were to match the name given.
902 // FIXME: Calling convention!
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +0000903 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = ConvProto->getExtProtoInfo();
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +0000904 EPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CC_C);
Richard Smith8acb4282014-07-31 21:57:55 +0000905 EPI.ExceptionSpec = EST_None;
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000906 QualType ExpectedType
907 = R.getSema().Context.getFunctionType(R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType(),
Dmitri Gribenko44ebbd52013-05-05 00:41:58 +0000908 None, EPI);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000909
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000910 // Perform template argument deduction against the type that we would
911 // expect the function to have.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000912 if (R.getSema().DeduceTemplateArguments(ConvTemplate, nullptr, ExpectedType,
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000913 Specialization, Info)
914 == Sema::TDK_Success) {
915 R.addDecl(Specialization);
916 Found = true;
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000917 }
918 }
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000919
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000920 return Found;
921}
922
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000923// Performs C++ unqualified lookup into the given file context.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000924static bool
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000925CppNamespaceLookup(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, ASTContext &Context,
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000926 DeclContext *NS, UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs) {
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000927
928 assert(NS && NS->isFileContext() && "CppNamespaceLookup() requires namespace!");
929
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000930 // Perform direct name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000931 bool Found = LookupDirect(S, R, NS);
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000932
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000933 // Perform direct name lookup into the namespaces nominated by the
934 // using directives whose common ancestor is this namespace.
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000935 for (const UnqualUsingEntry &UUE : UDirs.getNamespacesFor(NS))
936 if (LookupDirect(S, R, UUE.getNominatedNamespace()))
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000937 Found = true;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000938
939 R.resolveKind();
940
941 return Found;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000942}
943
944static bool isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000945 if (DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000946 return Ctx->isFileContext();
947 return false;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000948}
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000949
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000950// Find the next outer declaration context from this scope. This
951// routine actually returns the semantic outer context, which may
952// differ from the lexical context (encoded directly in the Scope
953// stack) when we are parsing a member of a class template. In this
954// case, the second element of the pair will be true, to indicate that
955// name lookup should continue searching in this semantic context when
956// it leaves the current template parameter scope.
957static std::pair<DeclContext *, bool> findOuterContext(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000958 DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity();
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000959 DeclContext *Lexical = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000960 for (Scope *OuterS = S->getParent(); OuterS;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000961 OuterS = OuterS->getParent()) {
962 if (OuterS->getEntity()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000963 Lexical = OuterS->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000964 break;
965 }
966 }
967
968 // C++ [temp.local]p8:
969 // In the definition of a member of a class template that appears
970 // outside of the namespace containing the class template
971 // definition, the name of a template-parameter hides the name of
972 // a member of this namespace.
973 //
974 // Example:
975 //
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000976 // namespace N {
977 // class C { };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000978 //
979 // template<class T> class B {
980 // void f(T);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000981 // };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000982 // }
983 //
984 // template<class C> void N::B<C>::f(C) {
985 // C b; // C is the template parameter, not N::C
986 // }
987 //
988 // In this example, the lexical context we return is the
989 // TranslationUnit, while the semantic context is the namespace N.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000990 if (!Lexical || !DC || !S->getParent() ||
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000991 !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
992 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
993
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000994 // Find the outermost template parameter scope.
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000995 // For the example, this is the scope for the template parameters of
996 // template<class C>.
997 Scope *OutermostTemplateScope = S->getParent();
998 while (OutermostTemplateScope->getParent() &&
999 OutermostTemplateScope->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
1000 OutermostTemplateScope = OutermostTemplateScope->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001001
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001002 // Find the namespace context in which the original scope occurs. In
1003 // the example, this is namespace N.
1004 DeclContext *Semantic = DC;
1005 while (!Semantic->isFileContext())
1006 Semantic = Semantic->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001007
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001008 // Find the declaration context just outside of the template
1009 // parameter scope. This is the context in which the template is
1010 // being lexically declaration (a namespace context). In the
1011 // example, this is the global scope.
1012 if (Lexical->isFileContext() && !Lexical->Equals(Semantic) &&
1013 Lexical->Encloses(Semantic))
1014 return std::make_pair(Semantic, true);
1015
1016 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001017}
1018
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001019namespace {
1020/// An RAII object to specify that we want to find block scope extern
1021/// declarations.
1022struct FindLocalExternScope {
1023 FindLocalExternScope(LookupResult &R)
1024 : R(R), OldFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() &
1025 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern) {
1026 R.setFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary);
1027 }
1028 void restore() {
1029 R.setFindLocalExtern(OldFindLocalExtern);
1030 }
1031 ~FindLocalExternScope() {
1032 restore();
1033 }
1034 LookupResult &R;
1035 bool OldFindLocalExtern;
1036};
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00001037} // end anonymous namespace
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001038
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001039bool Sema::CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S) {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001040 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "Can perform only C++ lookup");
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001041
1042 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001043 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001044
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001045 // If this is the name of an implicitly-declared special member function,
1046 // go through the scope stack to implicitly declare
1047 if (isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(Name)) {
1048 for (Scope *PreS = S; PreS; PreS = PreS->getParent())
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001049 if (DeclContext *DC = PreS->getEntity())
Richard Smith32918772017-02-14 00:25:28 +00001050 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(*this, Name, R.getNameLoc(), DC);
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001051 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001052
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001053 // Implicitly declare member functions with the name we're looking for, if in
1054 // fact we are in a scope where it matters.
1055
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001056 Scope *Initial = S;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001057 IdentifierResolver::iterator
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001058 I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
1059 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001060
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001061 // First we lookup local scope.
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +00001062 // We don't consider using-directives, as per 7.3.4.p1 [namespace.udir]
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001063 // ...During unqualified name lookup (3.4.1), the names appear as if
1064 // they were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
1065 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +00001066 // [Note: in this context, "contains" means "contains directly or
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001067 // indirectly".
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001068 //
1069 // For example:
1070 // namespace A { int i; }
1071 // void foo() {
1072 // int i;
1073 // {
1074 // using namespace A;
1075 // ++i; // finds local 'i', A::i appears at global scope
1076 // }
1077 // }
Douglas Gregor2ada0482009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001078 //
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001079 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
1080 bool VisitedUsingDirectives = false;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001081 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001082 DeclContext *OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001083
1084 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1085 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1086
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001087 for (; S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S); S = S->getParent()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001088 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Olivier Goffart12b221982016-06-16 21:39:46 +00001089 bool SearchNamespaceScope = true;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001090 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001091 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001092 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Olivier Goffart12b221982016-06-16 21:39:46 +00001093 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage &&
1094 !(*I)->isTemplateParameter()) {
1095 // If it's a template parameter, we still find it, so we can diagnose
1096 // the invalid redeclaration.
1097
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001098 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1099 // out-of-scope.
1100 if (!LeftStartingScope && !Initial->isDeclScope(*I))
1101 LeftStartingScope = true;
1102
1103 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
Olivier Goffart12b221982016-06-16 21:39:46 +00001104 // does not have linkage, skip it.
1105 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage())) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001106 R.setShadowed();
1107 continue;
1108 }
Olivier Goffart12b221982016-06-16 21:39:46 +00001109 } else {
1110 // We found something in this scope, we should not look at the
1111 // namespace scope
1112 SearchNamespaceScope = false;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001113 }
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001114 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001115 }
1116 }
Olivier Goffart12b221982016-06-16 21:39:46 +00001117 if (!SearchNamespaceScope) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001118 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +00001119 if (S->isClassScope())
1120 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
1121 R.setNamingClass(Record);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001122 return true;
1123 }
1124
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001125 if (NameKind == LookupLocalFriendName && !S->isClassScope()) {
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00001126 // C++11 [class.friend]p11:
1127 // If a friend declaration appears in a local class and the name
1128 // specified is an unqualified name, a prior declaration is
1129 // looked up without considering scopes that are outside the
1130 // innermost enclosing non-class scope.
1131 return false;
1132 }
1133
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001134 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1135 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1136 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001137 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001138 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1139 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1140 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1141 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001142 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001143 }
1144
1145 if (Ctx) {
1146 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1147 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001148 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001149 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1150 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1151
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00001152 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001153 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1154 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1155 // non-transparent context.
1156 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001157 continue;
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001158
1159 // We do not look directly into function or method contexts,
1160 // since all of the local variables and parameters of the
1161 // function/method are present within the Scope.
1162 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
1163 // If we have an Objective-C instance method, look for ivars
1164 // in the corresponding interface.
1165 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
1166 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo())
1167 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = Method->getClassInterface()) {
1168 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1169 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001170 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001171 ClassDeclared)) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001172 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(Ivar)) {
1173 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001174 R.resolveKind();
1175 return true;
1176 }
1177 }
1178 }
1179 }
1180
1181 continue;
1182 }
1183
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001184 // If this is a file context, we need to perform unqualified name
1185 // lookup considering using directives.
1186 if (Ctx->isFileContext()) {
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001187 // If we haven't handled using directives yet, do so now.
1188 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1189 // Add using directives from this context up to the top level.
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001190 for (DeclContext *UCtx = Ctx; UCtx; UCtx = UCtx->getParent()) {
1191 if (UCtx->isTransparentContext())
1192 continue;
1193
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001194 UDirs.visit(UCtx, UCtx);
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001195 }
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001196
1197 // Find the innermost file scope, so we can add using directives
1198 // from local scopes.
1199 Scope *InnermostFileScope = S;
1200 while (InnermostFileScope &&
1201 !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(InnermostFileScope))
1202 InnermostFileScope = InnermostFileScope->getParent();
1203 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, InnermostFileScope);
1204
1205 UDirs.done();
1206
1207 VisitedUsingDirectives = true;
1208 }
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001209
1210 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs)) {
1211 R.resolveKind();
1212 return true;
1213 }
1214
1215 continue;
1216 }
1217
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001218 // Perform qualified name lookup into this context.
1219 // FIXME: In some cases, we know that every name that could be found by
1220 // this qualified name lookup will also be on the identifier chain. For
1221 // example, inside a class without any base classes, we never need to
1222 // perform qualified lookup because all of the members are on top of the
1223 // identifier chain.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001224 if (LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx, /*InUnqualifiedLookup=*/true))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001225 return true;
Douglas Gregorfdca4a72009-03-27 04:21:56 +00001226 }
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001227 }
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001228 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001229
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001230 // Stop if we ran out of scopes.
1231 // FIXME: This really, really shouldn't be happening.
1232 if (!S) return false;
1233
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001234 // If we are looking for members, no need to look into global/namespace scope.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001235 if (NameKind == LookupMemberName)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001236 return false;
1237
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001238 // Collect UsingDirectiveDecls in all scopes, and recursively all
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001239 // nominated namespaces by those using-directives.
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001240 //
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00001241 // FIXME: Cache this sorted list in Scope structure, and DeclContext, so we
1242 // don't build it for each lookup!
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001243 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1244 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
1245 UDirs.done();
1246 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001247
1248 // If we're not performing redeclaration lookup, do not look for local
1249 // extern declarations outside of a function scope.
1250 if (!R.isForRedeclaration())
1251 FindLocals.restore();
1252
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001253 // Lookup namespace scope, and global scope.
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001254 // Unqualified name lookup in C++ requires looking into scopes
1255 // that aren't strictly lexical, and therefore we walk through the
1256 // context as well as walking through the scopes.
1257 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001258 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001259 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001260 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001261 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001262 // We found something. Look for anything else in our scope
1263 // with this same name and in an acceptable identifier
1264 // namespace, so that we can construct an overload set if we
1265 // need to.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001266 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001267 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001268 }
1269 }
1270
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001271 if (Found && S->isTemplateParamScope()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001272 R.resolveKind();
1273 return true;
1274 }
1275
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001276 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001277 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1278 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1279 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001280 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001281 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1282 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1283 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1284 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001285 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001286 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001287
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001288 if (Ctx) {
1289 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1290 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001291 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001292 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1293 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1294
1295 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
1296 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1297 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1298 // non-transparent context.
1299 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1300 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001301
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001302 // If we have a context, and it's not a context stashed in the
1303 // template parameter scope for an out-of-line definition, also
1304 // look into that context.
Chandler Carruth6232e4d2016-11-04 06:16:09 +00001305 if (!(Found && S->isTemplateParamScope())) {
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001306 assert(Ctx->isFileContext() &&
1307 "We should have been looking only at file context here already.");
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001308
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001309 // Look into context considering using-directives.
1310 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs))
1311 Found = true;
1312 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001313
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001314 if (Found) {
1315 R.resolveKind();
1316 return true;
1317 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001318
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001319 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1320 return false;
1321 }
1322 }
1323
Douglas Gregor3ce74932010-02-05 07:07:10 +00001324 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && Ctx && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001325 return false;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001326 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001327
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001328 return !R.empty();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001329}
1330
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001331/// \brief Find the declaration that a class temploid member specialization was
1332/// instantiated from, or the member itself if it is an explicit specialization.
1333static Decl *getInstantiatedFrom(Decl *D, MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo) {
1334 return MSInfo->isExplicitSpecialization() ? D : MSInfo->getInstantiatedFrom();
1335}
1336
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001337Module *Sema::getOwningModule(Decl *Entity) {
1338 // If it's imported, grab its owning module.
1339 Module *M = Entity->getImportedOwningModule();
1340 if (M || !isa<NamedDecl>(Entity) || !cast<NamedDecl>(Entity)->isHidden())
1341 return M;
1342 assert(!Entity->isFromASTFile() &&
1343 "hidden entity from AST file has no owning module");
1344
Richard Smith87bb5692015-06-09 00:35:49 +00001345 if (!getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
1346 // If we're not tracking visibility locally, the only way a declaration
1347 // can be hidden and local is if it's hidden because it's parent is (for
1348 // instance, maybe this is a lazily-declared special member of an imported
1349 // class).
1350 auto *Parent = cast<NamedDecl>(Entity->getDeclContext());
Vassil Vassilevb4829e42016-09-13 10:38:26 +00001351 assert(Parent->isHidden() && "unexpectedly hidden decl");
Richard Smith87bb5692015-06-09 00:35:49 +00001352 return getOwningModule(Parent);
1353 }
1354
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001355 // It's local and hidden; grab or compute its owning module.
1356 M = Entity->getLocalOwningModule();
1357 if (M)
1358 return M;
1359
1360 if (auto *Containing =
1361 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(Entity->getLocation())) {
1362 M = Containing;
1363 } else if (Entity->isInvalidDecl() || Entity->getLocation().isInvalid()) {
1364 // Don't bother tracking visibility for invalid declarations with broken
1365 // locations.
1366 cast<NamedDecl>(Entity)->setHidden(false);
1367 } else {
1368 // We need to assign a module to an entity that exists outside of any
1369 // module, so that we can hide it from modules that we textually enter.
1370 // Invent a fake module for all such entities.
1371 if (!CachedFakeTopLevelModule) {
1372 CachedFakeTopLevelModule =
1373 PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap().findOrCreateModule(
1374 "<top-level>", nullptr, false, false).first;
1375
1376 auto &SrcMgr = PP.getSourceManager();
1377 SourceLocation StartLoc =
1378 SrcMgr.getLocForStartOfFile(SrcMgr.getMainFileID());
Richard Smithdc1f0422016-07-20 19:10:16 +00001379 auto &TopLevel = ModuleScopes.empty()
1380 ? VisibleModules
1381 : ModuleScopes[0].OuterVisibleModules;
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001382 TopLevel.setVisible(CachedFakeTopLevelModule, StartLoc);
1383 }
1384
1385 M = CachedFakeTopLevelModule;
1386 }
1387
1388 if (M)
1389 Entity->setLocalOwningModule(M);
1390 return M;
1391}
1392
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +00001393void Sema::makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc) {
Richard Smith87bb5692015-06-09 00:35:49 +00001394 if (auto *M = PP.getModuleContainingLocation(Loc))
1395 Context.mergeDefinitionIntoModule(ND, M);
1396 else
1397 // We're not building a module; just make the definition visible.
1398 ND->setHidden(false);
Richard Smith63e09bf2015-06-17 20:39:41 +00001399
1400 // If ND is a template declaration, make the template parameters
1401 // visible too. They're not (necessarily) within a mergeable DeclContext.
1402 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(ND))
1403 for (auto *Param : *TD->getTemplateParameters())
1404 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Param, Loc);
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +00001405}
1406
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001407/// \brief Find the module in which the given declaration was defined.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001408static Module *getDefiningModule(Sema &S, Decl *Entity) {
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001409 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Entity)) {
1410 // If this function was instantiated from a template, the defining module is
1411 // the module containing the pattern.
1412 if (FunctionDecl *Pattern = FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1413 Entity = Pattern;
1414 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Entity)) {
Reid Klecknere7367d62014-10-14 20:28:40 +00001415 if (CXXRecordDecl *Pattern = RD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1416 Entity = Pattern;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001417 } else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Entity)) {
1418 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = ED->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1419 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(ED, MSInfo);
1420 } else if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Entity)) {
1421 // FIXME: Map from variable template specializations back to the template.
1422 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1423 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(VD, MSInfo);
1424 }
1425
1426 // Walk up to the containing context. That might also have been instantiated
1427 // from a template.
1428 DeclContext *Context = Entity->getDeclContext();
1429 if (Context->isFileContext())
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001430 return S.getOwningModule(Entity);
1431 return getDefiningModule(S, cast<Decl>(Context));
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001432}
1433
1434llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &Sema::getLookupModules() {
Richard Smith696e3122017-02-23 01:43:54 +00001435 unsigned N = CodeSynthesisContexts.size();
1436 for (unsigned I = CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules.size();
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001437 I != N; ++I) {
Richard Smith696e3122017-02-23 01:43:54 +00001438 Module *M = getDefiningModule(*this, CodeSynthesisContexts[I].Entity);
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001439 if (M && !LookupModulesCache.insert(M).second)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001440 M = nullptr;
Richard Smith696e3122017-02-23 01:43:54 +00001441 CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules.push_back(M);
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001442 }
1443 return LookupModulesCache;
1444}
1445
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001446bool Sema::hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def) {
1447 for (Module *Merged : Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(Def))
1448 if (isModuleVisible(Merged))
1449 return true;
1450 return false;
1451}
1452
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001453template<typename ParmDecl>
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001454static bool
1455hasVisibleDefaultArgument(Sema &S, const ParmDecl *D,
1456 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001457 if (!D->hasDefaultArgument())
1458 return false;
1459
1460 while (D) {
1461 auto &DefaultArg = D->getDefaultArgStorage();
1462 if (!DefaultArg.isInherited() && S.isVisible(D))
1463 return true;
1464
Richard Smith63e09bf2015-06-17 20:39:41 +00001465 if (!DefaultArg.isInherited() && Modules) {
1466 auto *NonConstD = const_cast<ParmDecl*>(D);
1467 Modules->push_back(S.getOwningModule(NonConstD));
1468 const auto &Merged = S.Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(NonConstD);
1469 Modules->insert(Modules->end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
1470 }
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001471
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001472 // If there was a previous default argument, maybe its parameter is visible.
1473 D = DefaultArg.getInheritedFrom();
1474 }
1475 return false;
1476}
1477
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001478bool Sema::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D,
1479 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001480 if (auto *P = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D))
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001481 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, P, Modules);
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001482 if (auto *P = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D))
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001483 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, P, Modules);
1484 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D),
1485 Modules);
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001486}
1487
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00001488bool Sema::hasVisibleMemberSpecialization(
1489 const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
1490 assert(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()) &&
1491 "not a member specialization");
1492 for (auto *Redecl : D->redecls()) {
1493 // If the specialization is declared at namespace scope, then it's a member
1494 // specialization declaration. If it's lexically inside the class
1495 // definition then it was instantiated.
1496 //
1497 // FIXME: This is a hack. There should be a better way to determine this.
1498 // FIXME: What about MS-style explicit specializations declared within a
1499 // class definition?
1500 if (Redecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFileContext()) {
1501 auto *NonConstR = const_cast<NamedDecl*>(cast<NamedDecl>(Redecl));
1502
1503 if (isVisible(NonConstR))
1504 return true;
1505
1506 if (Modules) {
1507 Modules->push_back(getOwningModule(NonConstR));
1508 const auto &Merged = Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(NonConstR);
1509 Modules->insert(Modules->end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
1510 }
1511 }
1512 }
1513
1514 return false;
1515}
1516
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001517/// \brief Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1518///
1519/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1520/// lookup context, taking into account the current template instantiation
1521/// stack. During template instantiation, a declaration is visible if it is
1522/// visible from a module containing any entity on the template instantiation
1523/// path (by instantiating a template, you allow it to see the declarations that
1524/// your module can see, including those later on in your module).
1525bool LookupResult::isVisibleSlow(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001526 assert(D->isHidden() && "should not call this: not in slow case");
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001527 Module *DeclModule = nullptr;
1528
1529 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
1530 DeclModule = SemaRef.getOwningModule(D);
1531 if (!DeclModule) {
1532 // getOwningModule() may have decided the declaration should not be hidden.
1533 assert(!D->isHidden() && "hidden decl not from a module");
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001534 return true;
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001535 }
1536
1537 // If the owning module is visible, and the decl is not module private,
1538 // then the decl is visible too. (Module private is ignored within the same
1539 // top-level module.)
1540 if ((!D->isFromASTFile() || !D->isModulePrivate()) &&
1541 (SemaRef.isModuleVisible(DeclModule) ||
1542 SemaRef.hasVisibleMergedDefinition(D)))
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001543 return true;
1544 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001545
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001546 // If this declaration is not at namespace scope nor module-private,
1547 // then it is visible if its lexical parent has a visible definition.
1548 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
Richard Smith8df390f2016-09-08 23:14:54 +00001549 if (!D->isModulePrivate() && DC && !DC->isFileContext() &&
1550 !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC) && !isa<ExportDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smithc7d48d12015-05-20 17:50:35 +00001551 // For a parameter, check whether our current template declaration's
1552 // lexical context is visible, not whether there's some other visible
1553 // definition of it, because parameters aren't "within" the definition.
Vassil Vassilev714b81c2016-09-08 20:34:41 +00001554 //
1555 // In C++ we need to check for a visible definition due to ODR merging,
1556 // and in C we must not because each declaration of a function gets its own
1557 // set of declarations for tags in prototype scope.
1558 if ((D->isTemplateParameter() || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)
1559 || (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
Richard Smithc7d48d12015-05-20 17:50:35 +00001560 ? isVisible(SemaRef, cast<NamedDecl>(DC))
1561 : SemaRef.hasVisibleDefinition(cast<NamedDecl>(DC))) {
Richard Smith696e3122017-02-23 01:43:54 +00001562 if (SemaRef.CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() &&
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001563 // FIXME: Do something better in this case.
1564 !SemaRef.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001565 // Cache the fact that this declaration is implicitly visible because
1566 // its parent has a visible definition.
1567 D->setHidden(false);
1568 }
1569 return true;
1570 }
1571 return false;
1572 }
1573
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001574 // Find the extra places where we need to look.
1575 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &LookupModules = SemaRef.getLookupModules();
1576 if (LookupModules.empty())
1577 return false;
1578
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001579 if (!DeclModule) {
1580 DeclModule = SemaRef.getOwningModule(D);
1581 assert(DeclModule && "hidden decl not from a module");
1582 }
1583
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001584 // If our lookup set contains the decl's module, it's visible.
1585 if (LookupModules.count(DeclModule))
1586 return true;
1587
1588 // If the declaration isn't exported, it's not visible in any other module.
1589 if (D->isModulePrivate())
1590 return false;
1591
1592 // Check whether DeclModule is transitively exported to an import of
1593 // the lookup set.
Yaron Keren941ad902015-11-23 19:28:42 +00001594 return std::any_of(LookupModules.begin(), LookupModules.end(),
Yaron Keren4c31fcf2015-11-24 20:18:24 +00001595 [&](Module *M) { return M->isModuleVisible(DeclModule); });
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001596}
1597
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001598bool Sema::isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D) {
1599 return LookupResult::isVisible(*this, const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D));
1600}
1601
Richard Smith10568d82015-11-17 03:02:41 +00001602bool Sema::shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &R, const NamedDecl *New) {
1603 for (auto *D : R) {
1604 if (isVisible(D))
1605 return true;
1606 }
1607 return New->isExternallyVisible();
1608}
1609
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001610/// \brief Retrieve the visible declaration corresponding to D, if any.
1611///
1612/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1613/// module, with the current imports. If not, it checks whether any
1614/// redeclaration of D is visible, and if so, returns that declaration.
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001615///
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001616/// \returns D, or a visible previous declaration of D, whichever is more recent
1617/// and visible. If no declaration of D is visible, returns null.
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001618static NamedDecl *findAcceptableDecl(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
1619 assert(!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, D) && "not in slow case");
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001620
Aaron Ballman86c93902014-03-06 23:45:36 +00001621 for (auto RD : D->redecls()) {
Richard Smith4083e032016-02-17 21:52:44 +00001622 // Don't bother with extra checks if we already know this one isn't visible.
1623 if (RD == D)
1624 continue;
1625
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00001626 auto ND = cast<NamedDecl>(RD);
1627 // FIXME: This is wrong in the case where the previous declaration is not
1628 // visible in the same scope as D. This needs to be done much more
1629 // carefully.
1630 if (LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND))
1631 return ND;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001632 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001633
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001634 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001635}
1636
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00001637bool Sema::hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(const NamedDecl *D,
1638 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
1639 assert(!isVisible(D) && "not in slow case");
1640
1641 for (auto *Redecl : D->redecls()) {
1642 auto *NonConstR = const_cast<NamedDecl*>(cast<NamedDecl>(Redecl));
1643 if (isVisible(NonConstR))
1644 return true;
1645
1646 if (Modules) {
1647 Modules->push_back(getOwningModule(NonConstR));
1648 const auto &Merged = Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(NonConstR);
1649 Modules->insert(Modules->end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
1650 }
1651 }
1652
1653 return false;
1654}
1655
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001656NamedDecl *LookupResult::getAcceptableDeclSlow(NamedDecl *D) const {
Richard Smith4083e032016-02-17 21:52:44 +00001657 if (auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1658 // Namespaces are a bit of a special case: we expect there to be a lot of
1659 // redeclarations of some namespaces, all declarations of a namespace are
1660 // essentially interchangeable, all declarations are found by name lookup
1661 // if any is, and namespaces are never looked up during template
1662 // instantiation. So we benefit from caching the check in this case, and
1663 // it is correct to do so.
1664 auto *Key = ND->getCanonicalDecl();
1665 if (auto *Acceptable = getSema().VisibleNamespaceCache.lookup(Key))
1666 return Acceptable;
1667 auto *Acceptable =
1668 isVisible(getSema(), Key) ? Key : findAcceptableDecl(getSema(), Key);
1669 if (Acceptable)
1670 getSema().VisibleNamespaceCache.insert(std::make_pair(Key, Acceptable));
1671 return Acceptable;
1672 }
1673
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +00001674 return findAcceptableDecl(getSema(), D);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001675}
1676
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001677/// @brief Perform unqualified name lookup starting from a given
1678/// scope.
1679///
1680/// Unqualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.unqual], C99 6.2.1) is
1681/// used to find names within the current scope. For example, 'x' in
1682/// @code
1683/// int x;
1684/// int f() {
1685/// return x; // unqualified name look finds 'x' in the global scope
1686/// }
1687/// @endcode
1688///
1689/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1690/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1691/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1692/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1693/// class LookupCriteria.
1694///
1695/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1696/// begin. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1697/// in the parent scopes.
1698///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001699/// @param [in,out] R Specifies the lookup to perform (e.g., the name to
1700/// look up and the lookup kind), and is updated with the results of lookup
1701/// including zero or more declarations and possibly additional information
1702/// used to diagnose ambiguities.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001703///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001704/// @returns \c true if lookup succeeded and false otherwise.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001705bool Sema::LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1706 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001707 if (!Name) return false;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001708
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001709 LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
1710
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001711 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001712 // Unqualified name lookup in C/Objective-C is purely lexical, so
1713 // search in the declarations attached to the name.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +00001714 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001715 // Find the nearest non-transparent declaration scope.
1716 while (!(S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) ||
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001717 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001718 S = S->getParent();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001719 }
1720
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001721 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1722 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1723
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001724 // Scan up the scope chain looking for a decl that matches this
1725 // identifier that is in the appropriate namespace. This search
1726 // should not take long, as shadowing of names is uncommon, and
1727 // deep shadowing is extremely uncommon.
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001728 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
1729
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001730 for (IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001731 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001732 I != IEnd; ++I)
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001733 if (NamedDecl *D = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001734 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
1735 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1736 // out-of-scope.
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001737 if (!LeftStartingScope && !S->isDeclScope(*I))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001738 LeftStartingScope = true;
1739
1740 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
1741 // does not have linkage, skip it.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001742 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage())) {
1743 R.setShadowed();
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001744 continue;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001745 }
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001746 }
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001747 else if (NameKind == LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam &&
1748 !isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(*I))
1749 continue;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001750
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001751 R.addDecl(D);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001752
Douglas Gregorb59643b2012-01-03 23:26:26 +00001753 // Check whether there are any other declarations with the same name
1754 // and in the same scope.
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001755 if (I != IEnd) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001756 // Find the scope in which this declaration was declared (if it
1757 // actually exists in a Scope).
1758 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(D))
1759 S = S->getParent();
1760
1761 // If the scope containing the declaration is the translation unit,
1762 // then we'll need to perform our checks based on the matching
1763 // DeclContexts rather than matching scopes.
1764 if (S && isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001765 S = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001766
1767 // Compute the DeclContext, if we need it.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001768 DeclContext *DC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001769 if (!S)
1770 DC = (*I)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1771
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001772 IdentifierResolver::iterator LastI = I;
1773 for (++LastI; LastI != IEnd; ++LastI) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001774 if (S) {
1775 // Match based on scope.
1776 if (!S->isDeclScope(*LastI))
1777 break;
1778 } else {
1779 // Match based on DeclContext.
1780 DeclContext *LastDC
1781 = (*LastI)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1782 if (!LastDC->Equals(DC))
1783 break;
1784 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001785
1786 // If the declaration is in the right namespace and visible, add it.
1787 if (NamedDecl *LastD = R.getAcceptableDecl(*LastI))
1788 R.addDecl(LastD);
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001789 }
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001790
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001791 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001792 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001793
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001794 return true;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001795 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001796 } else {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001797 // Perform C++ unqualified name lookup.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001798 if (CppLookupName(R, S))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001799 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001800 }
1801
1802 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
1803 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
1804 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
Axel Naumann43dec142011-04-13 13:19:46 +00001805 if (AllowBuiltinCreation && LookupBuiltin(*this, R))
1806 return true;
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00001807
Axel Naumann016538a2011-02-24 16:47:47 +00001808 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, the ExternalSource
1809 // may be able to handle the situation.
1810 // Note: some lookup failures are expected!
1811 // See e.g. R.isForRedeclaration().
1812 return (ExternalSource && ExternalSource->LookupUnqualified(R, S));
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001813}
1814
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001815/// @brief Perform qualified name lookup in the namespaces nominated by
1816/// using directives by the given context.
1817///
1818/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p2:
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001819/// Given X::m (where X is a user-declared namespace), or given \::m
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001820/// (where X is the global namespace), let S be the set of all
1821/// declarations of m in X and in the transitive closure of all
1822/// namespaces nominated by using-directives in X and its used
1823/// namespaces, except that using-directives are ignored in any
1824/// namespace, including X, directly containing one or more
1825/// declarations of m. No namespace is searched more than once in
1826/// the lookup of a name. If S is the empty set, the program is
1827/// ill-formed. Otherwise, if S has exactly one member, or if the
1828/// context of the reference is a using-declaration
1829/// (namespace.udecl), S is the required set of declarations of
1830/// m. Otherwise if the use of m is not one that allows a unique
1831/// declaration to be chosen from S, the program is ill-formed.
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001832///
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001833/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p5:
1834/// During the lookup of a qualified namespace member name, if the
1835/// lookup finds more than one declaration of the member, and if one
1836/// declaration introduces a class name or enumeration name and the
1837/// other declarations either introduce the same object, the same
1838/// enumerator or a set of functions, the non-type name hides the
1839/// class or enumeration name if and only if the declarations are
1840/// from the same namespace; otherwise (the declarations are from
1841/// different namespaces), the program is ill-formed.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001842static bool LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(Sema &S, LookupResult &R,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001843 DeclContext *StartDC) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001844 assert(StartDC->isFileContext() && "start context is not a file context");
1845
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001846 DeclContext::udir_range UsingDirectives = StartDC->using_directives();
1847 if (UsingDirectives.begin() == UsingDirectives.end()) return false;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001848
1849 // We have at least added all these contexts to the queue.
Benjamin Kramer3adbe1c2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001850 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> Visited;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001851 Visited.insert(StartDC);
1852
1853 // We have not yet looked into these namespaces, much less added
1854 // their "using-children" to the queue.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001855 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl*, 8> Queue;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001856
1857 // We have already looked into the initial namespace; seed the queue
1858 // with its using-children.
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001859 for (auto *I : UsingDirectives) {
1860 NamespaceDecl *ND = I->getNominatedNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00001861 if (Visited.insert(ND).second)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001862 Queue.push_back(ND);
1863 }
1864
1865 // The easiest way to implement the restriction in [namespace.qual]p5
1866 // is to check whether any of the individual results found a tag
1867 // and, if so, to declare an ambiguity if the final result is not
1868 // a tag.
1869 bool FoundTag = false;
1870 bool FoundNonTag = false;
1871
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001872 LookupResult LocalR(LookupResult::Temporary, R);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001873
1874 bool Found = false;
1875 while (!Queue.empty()) {
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00001876 NamespaceDecl *ND = Queue.pop_back_val();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001877
1878 // We go through some convolutions here to avoid copying results
1879 // between LookupResults.
1880 bool UseLocal = !R.empty();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001881 LookupResult &DirectR = UseLocal ? LocalR : R;
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001882 bool FoundDirect = LookupDirect(S, DirectR, ND);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001883
1884 if (FoundDirect) {
1885 // First do any local hiding.
1886 DirectR.resolveKind();
1887
1888 // If the local result is a tag, remember that.
1889 if (DirectR.isSingleTagDecl())
1890 FoundTag = true;
1891 else
1892 FoundNonTag = true;
1893
1894 // Append the local results to the total results if necessary.
1895 if (UseLocal) {
1896 R.addAllDecls(LocalR);
1897 LocalR.clear();
1898 }
1899 }
1900
1901 // If we find names in this namespace, ignore its using directives.
1902 if (FoundDirect) {
1903 Found = true;
1904 continue;
1905 }
1906
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001907 for (auto I : ND->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00001908 NamespaceDecl *Nom = I->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00001909 if (Visited.insert(Nom).second)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001910 Queue.push_back(Nom);
1911 }
1912 }
1913
1914 if (Found) {
1915 if (FoundTag && FoundNonTag)
1916 R.setAmbiguousQualifiedTagHiding();
1917 else
1918 R.resolveKind();
1919 }
1920
1921 return Found;
1922}
1923
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001924/// \brief Callback that looks for any member of a class with the given name.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001925static bool LookupAnyMember(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001926 CXXBasePath &Path, DeclarationName Name) {
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001927 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001928
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001929 Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001930 return !Path.Decls.empty();
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001931}
1932
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001933/// \brief Determine whether the given set of member declarations contains only
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001934/// static members, nested types, and enumerators.
1935template<typename InputIterator>
1936static bool HasOnlyStaticMembers(InputIterator First, InputIterator Last) {
1937 Decl *D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1938 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<TypeDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
1939 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001940
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001941 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1942 // Determine whether all of the methods are static.
1943 bool AllMethodsAreStatic = true;
1944 for(; First != Last; ++First) {
1945 D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001946
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001947 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1948 assert(isa<TagDecl>(D) && "Non-function must be a tag decl");
1949 break;
1950 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001951
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001952 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic()) {
1953 AllMethodsAreStatic = false;
1954 break;
1955 }
1956 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001957
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001958 if (AllMethodsAreStatic)
1959 return true;
1960 }
1961
1962 return false;
1963}
1964
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001965/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into a given context.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001966///
1967/// Qualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]) is used to find
1968/// names when the context of those names is explicit specified, e.g.,
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001969/// "std::vector" or "x->member", or as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001970///
1971/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1972/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1973/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1974/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1975/// class LookupCriteria.
1976///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001977/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
1978///
1979/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001980/// search. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1981/// in the parent contexts or (for C++ classes) base classes.
1982///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001983/// \param InUnqualifiedLookup true if this is qualified name lookup that
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001984/// occurs as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001985///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001986/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
1987bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
1988 bool InUnqualifiedLookup) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001989 assert(LookupCtx && "Sema::LookupQualifiedName requires a lookup context");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001990
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001991 if (!R.getLookupName())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001992 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001993
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001994 // Make sure that the declaration context is complete.
1995 assert((!isa<TagDecl>(LookupCtx) ||
1996 LookupCtx->isDependentContext() ||
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +00001997 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isCompleteDefinition() ||
Richard Smith7d137e32012-03-23 03:33:32 +00001998 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isBeingDefined()) &&
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001999 "Declaration context must already be complete!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002000
Eugene Leviant0d8103e2015-11-18 12:48:05 +00002001 struct QualifiedLookupInScope {
2002 bool oldVal;
2003 DeclContext *Context;
2004 // Set flag in DeclContext informing debugger that we're looking for qualified name
2005 QualifiedLookupInScope(DeclContext *ctx) : Context(ctx) {
2006 oldVal = ctx->setUseQualifiedLookup();
2007 }
2008 ~QualifiedLookupInScope() {
2009 Context->setUseQualifiedLookup(oldVal);
2010 }
2011 } QL(LookupCtx);
2012
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00002013 if (LookupDirect(*this, R, LookupCtx)) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002014 R.resolveKind();
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00002015 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx))
2016 R.setNamingClass(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx));
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002017 return true;
2018 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002019
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002020 // Don't descend into implied contexts for redeclarations.
2021 // C++98 [namespace.qual]p6:
2022 // In a declaration for a namespace member in which the
2023 // declarator-id is a qualified-id, given that the qualified-id
2024 // for the namespace member has the form
2025 // nested-name-specifier unqualified-id
2026 // the unqualified-id shall name a member of the namespace
2027 // designated by the nested-name-specifier.
2028 // See also [class.mfct]p5 and [class.static.data]p2.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002029 if (R.isForRedeclaration())
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002030 return false;
2031
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002032 // If this is a namespace, look it up in the implied namespaces.
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002033 if (LookupCtx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00002034 return LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(*this, R, LookupCtx);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002035
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00002036 // If this isn't a C++ class, we aren't allowed to look into base
Douglas Gregorcc2427c2009-09-11 22:57:37 +00002037 // classes, we're done.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00002038 CXXRecordDecl *LookupRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
Douglas Gregor5a5fcd82010-07-01 00:21:21 +00002039 if (!LookupRec || !LookupRec->getDefinition())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002040 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002041
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00002042 // If we're performing qualified name lookup into a dependent class,
2043 // then we are actually looking into a current instantiation. If we have any
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002044 // dependent base classes, then we either have to delay lookup until
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00002045 // template instantiation time (at which point all bases will be available)
2046 // or we have to fail.
2047 if (!InUnqualifiedLookup && LookupRec->isDependentContext() &&
2048 LookupRec->hasAnyDependentBases()) {
2049 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
2050 return false;
2051 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002052
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002053 // Perform lookup into our base classes.
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002054 CXXBasePaths Paths;
2055 Paths.setOrigin(LookupRec);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002056
2057 // Look for this member in our base classes
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00002058 bool (*BaseCallback)(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path,
2059 DeclarationName Name) = nullptr;
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002060 switch (R.getLookupKind()) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00002061 case LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002062 case LookupOrdinaryName:
2063 case LookupMemberName:
2064 case LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00002065 case LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002066 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindOrdinaryMember;
2067 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002068
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002069 case LookupTagName:
2070 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindTagMember;
2071 break;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00002072
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00002073 case LookupAnyName:
2074 BaseCallback = &LookupAnyMember;
2075 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002076
Alexey Bataev94a4f0c2016-03-03 05:21:39 +00002077 case LookupOMPReductionName:
2078 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindOMPReductionMember;
2079 break;
2080
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00002081 case LookupUsingDeclName:
2082 // This lookup is for redeclarations only.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002083
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002084 case LookupOperatorName:
2085 case LookupNamespaceName:
2086 case LookupObjCProtocolName:
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00002087 case LookupLabel:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002088 // These lookups will never find a member in a C++ class (or base class).
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002089 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002090
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002091 case LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
2092 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindNestedNameSpecifierMember;
2093 break;
2094 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002095
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00002096 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
2097 if (!LookupRec->lookupInBases(
2098 [=](const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
2099 return BaseCallback(Specifier, Path, Name);
2100 },
2101 Paths))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002102 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002103
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00002104 R.setNamingClass(LookupRec);
2105
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002106 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p2:
2107 // [...] If the resulting set of declarations are not all from
2108 // sub-objects of the same type, or the set has a nonstatic member
2109 // and includes members from distinct sub-objects, there is an
2110 // ambiguity and the program is ill-formed. Otherwise that set is
2111 // the result of the lookup.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002112 QualType SubobjectType;
Daniel Dunbar435bbe02009-01-15 18:32:35 +00002113 int SubobjectNumber = 0;
John McCalla332b952010-03-18 23:49:19 +00002114 AccessSpecifier SubobjectAccess = AS_none;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002115
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002116 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths.begin(), PathEnd = Paths.end();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002117 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002118 const CXXBasePathElement &PathElement = Path->back();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002119
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +00002120 // Pick the best (i.e. most permissive i.e. numerically lowest) access
2121 // across all paths.
2122 SubobjectAccess = std::min(SubobjectAccess, Path->Access);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002123
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002124 // Determine whether we're looking at a distinct sub-object or not.
2125 if (SubobjectType.isNull()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002126 // This is the first subobject we've looked at. Record its type.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002127 SubobjectType = Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType());
2128 SubobjectNumber = PathElement.SubobjectNumber;
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002129 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002130 }
2131
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002132 if (SubobjectType
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002133 != Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType())) {
2134 // We found members of the given name in two subobjects of
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002135 // different types. If the declaration sets aren't the same, this
Nikola Smiljanic1c125682014-07-09 05:42:35 +00002136 // lookup is ambiguous.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002137 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end())) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002138 CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator FirstPath = Paths.begin();
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002139 DeclContext::lookup_iterator FirstD = FirstPath->Decls.begin();
2140 DeclContext::lookup_iterator CurrentD = Path->Decls.begin();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002141
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002142 while (FirstD != FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
2143 CurrentD != Path->Decls.end()) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002144 if ((*FirstD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
2145 (*CurrentD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
2146 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002147
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002148 ++FirstD;
2149 ++CurrentD;
2150 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002151
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002152 if (FirstD == FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
2153 CurrentD == Path->Decls.end())
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002154 continue;
2155 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002156
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002157 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(Paths);
2158 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002159 }
2160
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002161 if (SubobjectNumber != PathElement.SubobjectNumber) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002162 // We have a different subobject of the same type.
2163
2164 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p5:
2165 // A static member, a nested type or an enumerator defined in
2166 // a base class T can unambiguously be found even if an object
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002167 // has more than one base class subobject of type T.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002168 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end()))
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002169 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002170
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002171 // We have found a nonstatic member name in multiple, distinct
2172 // subobjects. Name lookup is ambiguous.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002173 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(Paths);
2174 return true;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002175 }
2176 }
2177
2178 // Lookup in a base class succeeded; return these results.
2179
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002180 for (auto *D : Paths.front().Decls) {
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00002181 AccessSpecifier AS = CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(SubobjectAccess,
2182 D->getAccess());
2183 R.addDecl(D, AS);
2184 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002185 R.resolveKind();
2186 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002187}
2188
Nikola Smiljanicfce370e2014-12-01 23:15:01 +00002189/// \brief Performs qualified name lookup or special type of lookup for
2190/// "__super::" scope specifier.
2191///
2192/// This routine is a convenience overload meant to be called from contexts
2193/// that need to perform a qualified name lookup with an optional C++ scope
2194/// specifier that might require special kind of lookup.
2195///
2196/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
2197///
2198/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
2199/// search.
2200///
2201/// \param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier.
2202///
2203/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
2204bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2205 CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
2206 auto *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
2207 if (NNS && NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
2208 return LookupInSuper(R, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
2209 else
2210
2211 return LookupQualifiedName(R, LookupCtx);
2212}
2213
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002214/// @brief Performs name lookup for a name that was parsed in the
2215/// source code, and may contain a C++ scope specifier.
2216///
2217/// This routine is a convenience routine meant to be called from
2218/// contexts that receive a name and an optional C++ scope specifier
2219/// (e.g., "N::M::x"). It will then perform either qualified or
2220/// unqualified name lookup (with LookupQualifiedName or LookupName,
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002221/// respectively) on the given name and return those results. It will
2222/// perform a special type of lookup for "__super::" scope specifier.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002223///
2224/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
2225/// begin.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002226///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002227/// @param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier, e.g., "::N::M".
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002228///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002229/// @param EnteringContext Indicates whether we are going to enter the
2230/// context of the scope-specifier SS (if present).
2231///
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002232/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002233bool Sema::LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002234 bool AllowBuiltinCreation, bool EnteringContext) {
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002235 if (SS && SS->isInvalid()) {
2236 // When the scope specifier is invalid, don't even look for
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00002237 // anything.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002238 return false;
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002239 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002240
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002241 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002242 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS->getScopeRep();
2243 if (NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
2244 return LookupInSuper(R, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
2245
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002246 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002247 // We have resolved the scope specifier to a particular declaration
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002248 // contex, and will perform name lookup in that context.
John McCall0b66eb32010-05-01 00:40:08 +00002249 if (!DC->isDependentContext() && RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, DC))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002250 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002251
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002252 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002253 return LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002254 }
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00002255
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002256 // We could not resolve the scope specified to a specific declaration
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002257 // context, which means that SS refers to an unknown specialization.
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002258 // Name lookup can't find anything in this case.
Douglas Gregor89ab56d2011-10-24 22:24:50 +00002259 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
2260 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002261 return false;
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002262 }
2263
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002264 // Perform unqualified name lookup starting in the given scope.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002265 return LookupName(R, S, AllowBuiltinCreation);
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002266}
2267
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002268/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into all base classes of the given
2269/// class.
2270///
2271/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
2272///
2273/// \param Class The context in which qualified name lookup will
2274/// search. Name lookup will search in all base classes merging the results.
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002275///
2276/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
2277bool Sema::LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002278 // The access-control rules we use here are essentially the rules for
2279 // doing a lookup in Class that just magically skipped the direct
2280 // members of Class itself. That is, the naming class is Class, and the
2281 // access includes the access of the base.
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002282 for (const auto &BaseSpec : Class->bases()) {
2283 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
2284 BaseSpec.getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2285 LookupResult Result(*this, R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind());
2286 Result.setBaseObjectType(Context.getRecordType(Class));
2287 LookupQualifiedName(Result, RD);
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002288
2289 // Copy the lookup results into the target, merging the base's access into
2290 // the path access.
2291 for (auto I = Result.begin(), E = Result.end(); I != E; ++I) {
2292 R.addDecl(I.getDecl(),
2293 CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(BaseSpec.getAccessSpecifier(),
2294 I.getAccess()));
2295 }
2296
2297 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002298 }
2299
2300 R.resolveKind();
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002301 R.setNamingClass(Class);
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002302
2303 return !R.empty();
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002304}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002305
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00002306/// \brief Produce a diagnostic describing the ambiguity that resulted
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002307/// from name lookup.
2308///
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00002309/// \param Result The result of the ambiguous lookup to be diagnosed.
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002310void Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002311 assert(Result.isAmbiguous() && "Lookup result must be ambiguous");
2312
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002313 DeclarationName Name = Result.getLookupName();
2314 SourceLocation NameLoc = Result.getNameLoc();
2315 SourceRange LookupRange = Result.getContextRange();
2316
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002317 switch (Result.getAmbiguityKind()) {
2318 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjects: {
2319 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
2320 QualType SubobjectType = Paths->front().back().Base->getType();
2321 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobjects)
2322 << Name << SubobjectType << getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(*Paths)
2323 << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002324
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002325 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Found = Paths->front().Decls.begin();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002326 while (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found) &&
2327 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found)->isStatic())
2328 ++Found;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002329
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002330 Diag((*Found)->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002331 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002332 }
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00002333
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002334 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes: {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002335 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobject_types)
2336 << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002337
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002338 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002339 std::set<Decl *> DeclsPrinted;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002340 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths->begin(),
2341 PathEnd = Paths->end();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002342 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002343 Decl *D = Path->Decls.front();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002344 if (DeclsPrinted.insert(D).second)
2345 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
2346 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002347 break;
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00002348 }
2349
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002350 case LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding: {
2351 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_tag_hiding) << Name << LookupRange;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +00002352
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +00002353 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*, 8> TagDecls;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002354
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002355 for (auto *D : Result)
2356 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002357 TagDecls.insert(TD);
2358 Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::note_hidden_tag);
2359 }
2360
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002361 for (auto *D : Result)
2362 if (!isa<TagDecl>(D))
2363 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_hiding_object);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002364
2365 // For recovery purposes, go ahead and implement the hiding.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00002366 LookupResult::Filter F = Result.makeFilter();
2367 while (F.hasNext()) {
2368 if (TagDecls.count(F.next()))
2369 F.erase();
2370 }
2371 F.done();
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002372 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002373 }
2374
2375 case LookupResult::AmbiguousReference: {
2376 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_reference) << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002377
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002378 for (auto *D : Result)
2379 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_candidate) << D;
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002380 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002381 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002382 }
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002383}
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002384
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002385namespace {
2386 struct AssociatedLookup {
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002387 AssociatedLookup(Sema &S, SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002388 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
2389 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes)
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002390 : S(S), Namespaces(Namespaces), Classes(Classes),
2391 InstantiationLoc(InstantiationLoc) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002392 }
2393
2394 Sema &S;
2395 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces;
2396 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002397 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc;
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002398 };
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00002399} // end anonymous namespace
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002400
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002401static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002402addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType T);
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002403
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002404static void CollectEnclosingNamespace(Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
2405 DeclContext *Ctx) {
2406 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
2407
2408 // We don't use DeclContext::getEnclosingNamespaceContext() as this may
2409 // be a locally scoped record.
2410
Sebastian Redlbd595762010-08-31 20:53:31 +00002411 // We skip out of inline namespaces. The innermost non-inline namespace
2412 // contains all names of all its nested inline namespaces anyway, so we can
2413 // replace the entire inline namespace tree with its root.
2414 while (Ctx->isRecord() || Ctx->isTransparentContext() ||
2415 Ctx->isInlineNamespace())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002416 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
2417
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002418 if (Ctx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002419 Namespaces.insert(Ctx->getPrimaryContext());
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002420}
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002421
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002422// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002423// lookup that involves a template argument (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002424static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002425addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2426 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002427 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2, last bullet:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002428 // -- [...] ;
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002429 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2430 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2431 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002432
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002433 case TemplateArgument::Type:
2434 // [...] the namespaces and classes associated with the types of the
2435 // template arguments provided for template type parameters (excluding
2436 // template template parameters)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002437 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg.getAsType());
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002438 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002439
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002440 case TemplateArgument::Template:
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002441 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002442 // [...] the namespaces in which any template template arguments are
2443 // defined; and the classes in which any member templates used as
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002444 // template template arguments are defined.
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002445 TemplateName Template = Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002446 if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002447 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002448 DeclContext *Ctx = ClassTemplate->getDeclContext();
2449 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002450 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002451 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002452 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002453 }
2454 break;
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002455 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002456
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002457 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002458 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
2459 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00002460 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002461 // [Note: non-type template arguments do not contribute to the set of
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002462 // associated namespaces. ]
2463 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002464
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002465 case TemplateArgument::Pack:
Aaron Ballman2a89e852014-07-15 21:32:31 +00002466 for (const auto &P : Arg.pack_elements())
2467 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, P);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002468 break;
2469 }
2470}
2471
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002472// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002473// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of class type
2474// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2475static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002476addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2477 CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
2478
2479 // Just silently ignore anything whose name is __va_list_tag.
2480 if (Class->getDeclName() == Result.S.VAListTagName)
2481 return;
2482
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002483 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2484 // [...]
2485 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2486 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2487 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2488 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002489 // which its associated classes are defined.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002490
2491 // Add the class of which it is a member, if any.
2492 DeclContext *Ctx = Class->getDeclContext();
2493 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002494 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002495 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002496 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002497
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002498 // Add the class itself. If we've already seen this class, we don't
2499 // need to visit base classes.
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002500 //
2501 // FIXME: That's not correct, we may have added this class only because it
2502 // was the enclosing class of another class, and in that case we won't have
2503 // added its base classes yet.
Richard Smith6642bb32016-03-24 19:12:22 +00002504 if (!Result.Classes.insert(Class))
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002505 return;
2506
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002507 // -- If T is a template-id, its associated namespaces and classes are
2508 // the namespace in which the template is defined; for member
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002509 // templates, the member template's class; the namespaces and classes
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002510 // associated with the types of the template arguments provided for
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002511 // template type parameters (excluding template template parameters); the
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002512 // namespaces in which any template template arguments are defined; and
2513 // the classes in which any member templates used as template template
2514 // arguments are defined. [Note: non-type template arguments do not
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002515 // contribute to the set of associated namespaces. ]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002516 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002517 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Class)) {
2518 DeclContext *Ctx = Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getDeclContext();
2519 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002520 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002521 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002522 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002523
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002524 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
2525 for (unsigned I = 0, N = TemplateArgs.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002526 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, TemplateArgs[I]);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002527 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002528
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002529 // Only recurse into base classes for complete types.
Richard Smithdb0ac552015-12-18 22:40:25 +00002530 if (!Result.S.isCompleteType(Result.InstantiationLoc,
2531 Result.S.Context.getRecordType(Class)))
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002532 return;
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002533
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002534 // Add direct and indirect base classes along with their associated
2535 // namespaces.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002536 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 32> Bases;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002537 Bases.push_back(Class);
2538 while (!Bases.empty()) {
2539 // Pop this class off the stack.
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002540 Class = Bases.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002541
2542 // Visit the base classes.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002543 for (const auto &Base : Class->bases()) {
2544 const RecordType *BaseType = Base.getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redlc45c03c2009-10-25 09:35:33 +00002545 // In dependent contexts, we do ADL twice, and the first time around,
2546 // the base type might be a dependent TemplateSpecializationType, or a
2547 // TemplateTypeParmType. If that happens, simply ignore it.
2548 // FIXME: If we want to support export, we probably need to add the
2549 // namespace of the template in a TemplateSpecializationType, or even
2550 // the classes and namespaces of known non-dependent arguments.
2551 if (!BaseType)
2552 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002553 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseType->getDecl());
Richard Smith6642bb32016-03-24 19:12:22 +00002554 if (Result.Classes.insert(BaseDecl)) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002555 // Find the associated namespace for this base class.
2556 DeclContext *BaseCtx = BaseDecl->getDeclContext();
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002557 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, BaseCtx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002558
2559 // Make sure we visit the bases of this base class.
2560 if (BaseDecl->bases_begin() != BaseDecl->bases_end())
2561 Bases.push_back(BaseDecl);
2562 }
2563 }
2564 }
2565}
2566
2567// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
2568// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of type T
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002569// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2570static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002571addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType Ty) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002572 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2573 //
2574 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2575 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2576 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2577 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2578 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
2579 // argument). Typedef names and using-declarations used to specify
2580 // the types do not contribute to this set. The sets of namespaces
2581 // and classes are determined in the following way:
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002582
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002583 SmallVector<const Type *, 16> Queue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002584 const Type *T = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr();
2585
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002586 while (true) {
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002587 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
2588
2589#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2590#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2591#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2592#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2593#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
2594#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2595 // T is canonical. We can also ignore dependent types because
2596 // we don't need to do ADL at the definition point, but if we
2597 // wanted to implement template export (or if we find some other
2598 // use for associated classes and namespaces...) this would be
2599 // wrong.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002600 break;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002601
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002602 // -- If T is a pointer to U or an array of U, its associated
2603 // namespaces and classes are those associated with U.
2604 case Type::Pointer:
2605 T = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2606 continue;
2607 case Type::ConstantArray:
2608 case Type::IncompleteArray:
2609 case Type::VariableArray:
2610 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2611 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002612
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002613 // -- If T is a fundamental type, its associated sets of
2614 // namespaces and classes are both empty.
2615 case Type::Builtin:
2616 break;
2617
2618 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2619 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2620 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2621 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
2622 // which its associated classes are defined.
2623 case Type::Record: {
Richard Smith82b8d4e2015-12-18 22:19:11 +00002624 CXXRecordDecl *Class =
2625 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(cast<RecordType>(T)->getDecl());
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002626 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Class);
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002627 break;
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00002628 }
Douglas Gregorfe60c142010-05-20 02:26:51 +00002629
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002630 // -- If T is an enumeration type, its associated namespace is
2631 // the namespace in which it is defined. If it is class
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002632 // member, its associated class is the member's class; else
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002633 // it has no associated class.
2634 case Type::Enum: {
2635 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002636
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002637 DeclContext *Ctx = Enum->getDeclContext();
2638 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002639 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002640
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002641 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002642 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002643
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002644 break;
2645 }
2646
2647 // -- If T is a function type, its associated namespaces and
2648 // classes are those associated with the function parameter
2649 // types and those associated with the return type.
2650 case Type::FunctionProto: {
2651 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
Aaron Ballman40bd0aa2014-03-17 15:23:01 +00002652 for (const auto &Arg : Proto->param_types())
2653 Queue.push_back(Arg.getTypePtr());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002654 // fallthrough
2655 }
2656 case Type::FunctionNoProto: {
2657 const FunctionType *FnType = cast<FunctionType>(T);
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00002658 T = FnType->getReturnType().getTypePtr();
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002659 continue;
2660 }
2661
2662 // -- If T is a pointer to a member function of a class X, its
2663 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2664 // with the function parameter types and return type,
2665 // together with those associated with X.
2666 //
2667 // -- If T is a pointer to a data member of class X, its
2668 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2669 // with the member type together with those associated with
2670 // X.
2671 case Type::MemberPointer: {
2672 const MemberPointerType *MemberPtr = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
2673
2674 // Queue up the class type into which this points.
2675 Queue.push_back(MemberPtr->getClass());
2676
2677 // And directly continue with the pointee type.
2678 T = MemberPtr->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2679 continue;
2680 }
2681
2682 // As an extension, treat this like a normal pointer.
2683 case Type::BlockPointer:
2684 T = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2685 continue;
2686
2687 // References aren't covered by the standard, but that's such an
2688 // obvious defect that we cover them anyway.
2689 case Type::LValueReference:
2690 case Type::RValueReference:
2691 T = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2692 continue;
2693
2694 // These are fundamental types.
2695 case Type::Vector:
2696 case Type::ExtVector:
2697 case Type::Complex:
2698 break;
2699
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00002700 // Non-deduced auto types only get here for error cases.
2701 case Type::Auto:
Richard Smith600b5262017-01-26 20:40:47 +00002702 case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization:
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00002703 break;
2704
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002705 // If T is an Objective-C object or interface type, or a pointer to an
2706 // object or interface type, the associated namespace is the global
2707 // namespace.
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002708 case Type::ObjCObject:
2709 case Type::ObjCInterface:
2710 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002711 Result.Namespaces.insert(Result.S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002712 break;
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002713
2714 // Atomic types are just wrappers; use the associations of the
2715 // contained type.
2716 case Type::Atomic:
2717 T = cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType().getTypePtr();
2718 continue;
Xiuli Pan9c14e282016-01-09 12:53:17 +00002719 case Type::Pipe:
2720 T = cast<PipeType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2721 continue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002722 }
2723
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002724 if (Queue.empty())
2725 break;
2726 T = Queue.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002727 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002728}
2729
2730/// \brief Find the associated classes and namespaces for
2731/// argument-dependent lookup for a call with the given set of
2732/// arguments.
2733///
2734/// This routine computes the sets of associated classes and associated
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002735/// namespaces searched by argument-dependent lookup
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002736/// (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]) for a given set of arguments.
Robert Wilhelm16e94b92013-08-09 18:02:13 +00002737void Sema::FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(
2738 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2739 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2740 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002741 AssociatedNamespaces.clear();
2742 AssociatedClasses.clear();
2743
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002744 AssociatedLookup Result(*this, InstantiationLoc,
2745 AssociatedNamespaces, AssociatedClasses);
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002746
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002747 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2748 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2749 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2750 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2751 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2752 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002753 // argument).
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002754 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002755 Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx];
2756
2757 if (Arg->getType() != Context.OverloadTy) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002758 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002759 continue;
2760 }
2761
2762 // [...] In addition, if the argument is the name or address of a
2763 // set of overloaded functions and/or function templates, its
2764 // associated classes and namespaces are the union of those
2765 // associated with each of the members of the set: the namespace
2766 // in which the function or function template is defined and the
2767 // classes and namespaces associated with its (non-dependent)
2768 // parameter types and return type.
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +00002769 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParens();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002770 if (UnaryOperator *unaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Arg))
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002771 if (unaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002772 Arg = unaryOp->getSubExpr();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002773
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002774 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Arg);
2775 if (!ULE) continue;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002776
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002777 for (const auto *D : ULE->decls()) {
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00002778 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002779 const FunctionDecl *FDecl = D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002780
2781 // Add the classes and namespaces associated with the parameter
2782 // types and return type of this function.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002783 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, FDecl->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002784 }
2785 }
2786}
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002787
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002788NamedDecl *Sema::LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002789 SourceLocation Loc,
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002790 LookupNameKind NameKind,
2791 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002792 LookupResult R(*this, Name, Loc, NameKind, Redecl);
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002793 LookupName(R, S);
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00002794 return R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002795}
2796
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002797/// \brief Find the protocol with the given name, if any.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002798ObjCProtocolDecl *Sema::LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002799 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2800 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002801 Decl *D = LookupSingleName(TUScope, II, IdLoc,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002802 LookupObjCProtocolName, Redecl);
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002803 return cast_or_null<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D);
2804}
2805
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002806void Sema::LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002807 QualType T1, QualType T2,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002808 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002809 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2810 // -- The set of non-member candidates is the result of the
2811 // unqualified lookup of operator@ in the context of the
2812 // expression according to the usual rules for name lookup in
2813 // unqualified function calls (3.4.2) except that all member
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002814 // functions are ignored.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002815 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002816 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, SourceLocation(), LookupOperatorName);
2817 LookupName(Operators, S);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002818
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002819 assert(!Operators.isAmbiguous() && "Operator lookup cannot be ambiguous");
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002820 Functions.append(Operators.begin(), Operators.end());
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002821}
2822
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002823Sema::SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Sema::LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002824 CXXSpecialMember SM,
2825 bool ConstArg,
2826 bool VolatileArg,
2827 bool RValueThis,
2828 bool ConstThis,
2829 bool VolatileThis) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002830 assert(CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(RD) &&
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002831 "doing special member lookup into record that isn't fully complete");
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002832 RD = RD->getDefinition();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002833 if (RValueThis || ConstThis || VolatileThis)
2834 assert((SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment) &&
2835 "constructors and destructors always have unqualified lvalue this");
2836 if (ConstArg || VolatileArg)
2837 assert((SM != CXXDefaultConstructor && SM != CXXDestructor) &&
2838 "parameter-less special members can't have qualified arguments");
2839
Richard Smith171e4b52017-02-15 04:18:23 +00002840 // FIXME: Get the caller to pass in a location for the lookup.
2841 SourceLocation LookupLoc = RD->getLocation();
2842
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002843 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002844 ID.AddPointer(RD);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002845 ID.AddInteger(SM);
2846 ID.AddInteger(ConstArg);
2847 ID.AddInteger(VolatileArg);
2848 ID.AddInteger(RValueThis);
2849 ID.AddInteger(ConstThis);
2850 ID.AddInteger(VolatileThis);
2851
2852 void *InsertPoint;
2853 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2854 SpecialMemberCache.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPoint);
2855
2856 // This was already cached
2857 if (Result)
2858 return Result;
2859
Alexis Huntba8e18d2011-06-07 00:11:58 +00002860 Result = BumpAlloc.Allocate<SpecialMemberOverloadResult>();
2861 Result = new (Result) SpecialMemberOverloadResult(ID);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002862 SpecialMemberCache.InsertNode(Result, InsertPoint);
2863
2864 if (SM == CXXDestructor) {
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002865 if (RD->needsImplicitDestructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002866 DeclareImplicitDestructor(RD);
2867 CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002868 assert(DD && "record without a destructor");
2869 Result->setMethod(DD);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002870 Result->setKind(DD->isDeleted() ?
2871 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted :
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002872 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002873 return Result;
2874 }
2875
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002876 // Prepare for overload resolution. Here we construct a synthetic argument
2877 // if necessary and make sure that implicit functions are declared.
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002878 CanQualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTagDeclType(RD));
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002879 DeclarationName Name;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002880 Expr *Arg = nullptr;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002881 unsigned NumArgs;
2882
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002883 QualType ArgType = CanTy;
2884 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
2885
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002886 if (SM == CXXDefaultConstructor) {
2887 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
2888 NumArgs = 0;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002889 if (RD->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
2890 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002891 } else {
2892 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXMoveConstructor) {
2893 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002894 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002895 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002896 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002897 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002898 } else {
2899 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002900 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002901 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002902 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002903 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002904 }
2905
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002906 if (ConstArg)
2907 ArgType.addConst();
2908 if (VolatileArg)
2909 ArgType.addVolatile();
2910
2911 // This isn't /really/ specified by the standard, but it's implied
2912 // we should be working from an RValue in the case of move to ensure
2913 // that we prefer to bind to rvalue references, and an LValue in the
2914 // case of copy to ensure we don't bind to rvalue references.
2915 // Possibly an XValue is actually correct in the case of move, but
2916 // there is no semantic difference for class types in this restricted
2917 // case.
Alexis Hunt46d1ce22011-06-22 22:13:13 +00002918 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXCopyAssignment)
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002919 VK = VK_LValue;
2920 else
2921 VK = VK_RValue;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002922 }
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002923
Richard Smith171e4b52017-02-15 04:18:23 +00002924 OpaqueValueExpr FakeArg(LookupLoc, ArgType, VK);
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002925
2926 if (SM != CXXDefaultConstructor) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002927 NumArgs = 1;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002928 Arg = &FakeArg;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002929 }
2930
2931 // Create the object argument
2932 QualType ThisTy = CanTy;
2933 if (ConstThis)
2934 ThisTy.addConst();
2935 if (VolatileThis)
2936 ThisTy.addVolatile();
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002937 Expr::Classification Classification =
Richard Smith171e4b52017-02-15 04:18:23 +00002938 OpaqueValueExpr(LookupLoc, ThisTy,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002939 RValueThis ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue).Classify(Context);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002940
2941 // Now we perform lookup on the name we computed earlier and do overload
2942 // resolution. Lookup is only performed directly into the class since there
2943 // will always be a (possibly implicit) declaration to shadow any others.
Richard Smith171e4b52017-02-15 04:18:23 +00002944 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(LookupLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002945 DeclContext::lookup_result R = RD->lookup(Name);
Richard Smith8c37ab52015-02-11 01:48:47 +00002946
2947 if (R.empty()) {
2948 // We might have no default constructor because we have a lambda's closure
2949 // type, rather than because there's some other declared constructor.
2950 // Every class has a copy/move constructor, copy/move assignment, and
2951 // destructor.
2952 assert(SM == CXXDefaultConstructor &&
2953 "lookup for a constructor or assignment operator was empty");
2954 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
2955 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
2956 return Result;
2957 }
Chandler Carruth7deaae72013-08-18 07:20:52 +00002958
2959 // Copy the candidates as our processing of them may load new declarations
2960 // from an external source and invalidate lookup_result.
2961 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> Candidates(R.begin(), R.end());
2962
Richard Smith5179eb72016-06-28 19:03:57 +00002963 for (NamedDecl *CandDecl : Candidates) {
2964 if (CandDecl->isInvalidDecl())
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002965 continue;
2966
Richard Smith5179eb72016-06-28 19:03:57 +00002967 DeclAccessPair Cand = DeclAccessPair::make(CandDecl, AS_public);
2968 auto CtorInfo = getConstructorInfo(Cand);
2969 if (CXXMethodDecl *M = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002970 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
Richard Smith5179eb72016-06-28 19:03:57 +00002971 AddMethodCandidate(M, Cand, RD, ThisTy, Classification,
2972 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
2973 else if (CtorInfo)
2974 AddOverloadCandidate(CtorInfo.Constructor, CtorInfo.FoundDecl,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002975 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002976 else
Richard Smith5179eb72016-06-28 19:03:57 +00002977 AddOverloadCandidate(M, Cand, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS,
2978 true);
2979 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *Tmpl =
2980 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Cand->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
2981 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
2982 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(
2983 Tmpl, Cand, RD, nullptr, ThisTy, Classification,
George Burgess IVce6284b2017-01-28 02:19:40 +00002984 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Richard Smith5179eb72016-06-28 19:03:57 +00002985 else if (CtorInfo)
2986 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(
2987 CtorInfo.ConstructorTmpl, CtorInfo.FoundDecl, nullptr,
2988 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
2989 else
2990 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(
2991 Tmpl, Cand, nullptr, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002992 } else {
Richard Smith5179eb72016-06-28 19:03:57 +00002993 assert(isa<UsingDecl>(Cand.getDecl()) &&
2994 "illegal Kind of operator = Decl");
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002995 }
2996 }
2997
2998 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Richard Smith171e4b52017-02-15 04:18:23 +00002999 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, LookupLoc, Best)) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00003000 case OR_Success:
3001 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00003002 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00003003 break;
3004
3005 case OR_Deleted:
3006 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00003007 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00003008 break;
3009
3010 case OR_Ambiguous:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003011 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00003012 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Ambiguous);
3013 break;
3014
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00003015 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003016 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00003017 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00003018 break;
3019 }
3020
3021 return Result;
3022}
3023
3024/// \brief Look up the default constructor for the given class.
3025CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00003026 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00003027 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDefaultConstructor, false, false, false,
3028 false, false);
3029
3030 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00003031}
3032
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003033/// \brief Look up the copying constructor for the given class.
3034CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00003035 unsigned Quals) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00003036 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3037 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy ctor arg");
3038 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
3039 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
3040 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
3041
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00003042 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
3043}
3044
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003045/// \brief Look up the moving constructor for the given class.
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00003046CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
3047 unsigned Quals) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003048 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00003049 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
3050 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003051
3052 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
3053}
3054
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00003055/// \brief Look up the constructors for the given class.
3056DeclContext::lookup_result Sema::LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00003057 // If the implicit constructors have not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00003058 if (CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class)) {
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +00003059 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00003060 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00003061 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00003062 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00003063 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003064 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00003065 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003066
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00003067 CanQualType T = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(Class));
3068 DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(T);
3069 return Class->lookup(Name);
3070}
3071
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003072/// \brief Look up the copying assignment operator for the given class.
3073CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
3074 unsigned Quals, bool RValueThis,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00003075 unsigned ThisQuals) {
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003076 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3077 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment arg");
3078 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3079 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
3080 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
3081 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
3082 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
3083 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
3084 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
3085
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003086 return Result->getMethod();
3087}
3088
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003089/// \brief Look up the moving assignment operator for the given class.
3090CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00003091 unsigned Quals,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003092 bool RValueThis,
3093 unsigned ThisQuals) {
3094 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3095 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
3096 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00003097 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
3098 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003099 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
3100 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
3101
3102 return Result->getMethod();
3103}
3104
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003105/// \brief Look for the destructor of the given class.
3106///
Alexis Hunt967ea7c2011-06-03 21:10:40 +00003107/// During semantic analysis, this routine should be used in lieu of
3108/// CXXRecordDecl::getDestructor().
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003109///
3110/// \returns The destructor for this class.
3111CXXDestructorDecl *Sema::LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00003112 return cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDestructor,
3113 false, false, false,
3114 false, false)->getMethod());
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003115}
3116
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003117/// LookupLiteralOperator - Determine which literal operator should be used for
3118/// a user-defined literal, per C++11 [lex.ext].
3119///
3120/// Normal overload resolution is not used to select which literal operator to
3121/// call for a user-defined literal. Look up the provided literal operator name,
3122/// and filter the results to the appropriate set for the given argument types.
3123Sema::LiteralOperatorLookupResult
3124Sema::LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
3125 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003126 bool AllowRaw, bool AllowTemplate,
3127 bool AllowStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003128 LookupName(R, S);
3129 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Ambiguous &&
3130 "literal operator lookup can't be ambiguous");
3131
3132 // Filter the lookup results appropriately.
3133 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
3134
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003135 bool FoundRaw = false;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003136 bool FoundTemplate = false;
3137 bool FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003138 bool FoundExactMatch = false;
3139
3140 while (F.hasNext()) {
3141 Decl *D = F.next();
3142 if (UsingShadowDecl *USD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3143 D = USD->getTargetDecl();
3144
Douglas Gregorc1970572013-04-10 05:18:00 +00003145 // If the declaration we found is invalid, skip it.
3146 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) {
3147 F.erase();
3148 continue;
3149 }
3150
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003151 bool IsRaw = false;
3152 bool IsTemplate = false;
3153 bool IsStringTemplate = false;
3154 bool IsExactMatch = false;
3155
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003156 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
3157 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1 &&
3158 FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getAs<PointerType>())
3159 IsRaw = true;
Richard Smith550de452013-01-15 07:12:59 +00003160 else if (FD->getNumParams() == ArgTys.size()) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003161 IsExactMatch = true;
3162 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != ArgTys.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
3163 QualType ParamTy = FD->getParamDecl(ArgIdx)->getType();
3164 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ArgTys[ArgIdx], ParamTy)) {
3165 IsExactMatch = false;
3166 break;
3167 }
3168 }
3169 }
3170 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003171 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
3172 TemplateParameterList *Params = FD->getTemplateParameters();
3173 if (Params->size() == 1)
3174 IsTemplate = true;
3175 else
3176 IsStringTemplate = true;
3177 }
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003178
3179 if (IsExactMatch) {
3180 FoundExactMatch = true;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003181 AllowRaw = false;
3182 AllowTemplate = false;
3183 AllowStringTemplate = false;
3184 if (FoundRaw || FoundTemplate || FoundStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003185 // Go through again and remove the raw and template decls we've
3186 // already found.
3187 F.restart();
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003188 FoundRaw = FoundTemplate = FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003189 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003190 } else if (AllowRaw && IsRaw) {
3191 FoundRaw = true;
3192 } else if (AllowTemplate && IsTemplate) {
3193 FoundTemplate = true;
3194 } else if (AllowStringTemplate && IsStringTemplate) {
3195 FoundStringTemplate = true;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003196 } else {
3197 F.erase();
3198 }
3199 }
3200
3201 F.done();
3202
3203 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a literal operator with a matching
3204 // parameter type, that is used in preference to a raw literal operator
3205 // or literal operator template.
3206 if (FoundExactMatch)
3207 return LOLR_Cooked;
3208
3209 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: S shall contain a raw literal operator or a literal
3210 // operator template, but not both.
3211 if (FoundRaw && FoundTemplate) {
3212 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) << R.getLookupName();
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003213 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
Richard Smithc2bebe92016-05-11 20:37:46 +00003214 NoteOverloadCandidate(*I, (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction());
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003215 return LOLR_Error;
3216 }
3217
3218 if (FoundRaw)
3219 return LOLR_Raw;
3220
3221 if (FoundTemplate)
3222 return LOLR_Template;
3223
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003224 if (FoundStringTemplate)
3225 return LOLR_StringTemplate;
3226
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003227 // Didn't find anything we could use.
3228 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_literal_operator)
3229 << R.getLookupName() << (int)ArgTys.size() << ArgTys[0]
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003230 << (ArgTys.size() == 2 ? ArgTys[1] : QualType()) << AllowRaw
3231 << (AllowTemplate || AllowStringTemplate);
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003232 return LOLR_Error;
3233}
3234
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003235void ADLResult::insert(NamedDecl *New) {
3236 NamedDecl *&Old = Decls[cast<NamedDecl>(New->getCanonicalDecl())];
3237
3238 // If we haven't yet seen a decl for this key, or the last decl
3239 // was exactly this one, we're done.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003240 if (Old == nullptr || Old == New) {
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003241 Old = New;
3242 return;
3243 }
3244
3245 // Otherwise, decide which is a more recent redeclaration.
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003246 FunctionDecl *OldFD = Old->getAsFunction();
3247 FunctionDecl *NewFD = New->getAsFunction();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003248
3249 FunctionDecl *Cursor = NewFD;
3250 while (true) {
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00003251 Cursor = Cursor->getPreviousDecl();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003252
3253 // If we got to the end without finding OldFD, OldFD is the newer
3254 // declaration; leave things as they are.
3255 if (!Cursor) return;
3256
3257 // If we do find OldFD, then NewFD is newer.
3258 if (Cursor == OldFD) break;
3259
3260 // Otherwise, keep looking.
3261 }
3262
3263 Old = New;
3264}
3265
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00003266void Sema::ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
3267 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003268 // Find all of the associated namespaces and classes based on the
3269 // arguments we have.
3270 AssociatedNamespaceSet AssociatedNamespaces;
3271 AssociatedClassSet AssociatedClasses;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00003272 FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Loc, Args,
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00003273 AssociatedNamespaces,
3274 AssociatedClasses);
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003275
3276 // C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003277 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
3278 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
3279 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains [...] then Y is
3280 // empty. Otherwise Y is the set of declarations found in the
3281 // namespaces associated with the argument types as described
3282 // below. The set of declarations found by the lookup of the name
3283 // is the union of X and Y.
3284 //
3285 // Here, we compute Y and add its members to the overloaded
3286 // candidate set.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003287 for (auto *NS : AssociatedNamespaces) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003288 // When considering an associated namespace, the lookup is the
3289 // same as the lookup performed when the associated namespace is
3290 // used as a qualifier (3.4.3.2) except that:
3291 //
3292 // -- Any using-directives in the associated namespace are
3293 // ignored.
3294 //
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00003295 // -- Any namespace-scope friend functions declared in
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003296 // associated classes are visible within their respective
3297 // namespaces even if they are not visible during an ordinary
3298 // lookup (11.4).
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003299 DeclContext::lookup_result R = NS->lookup(Name);
3300 for (auto *D : R) {
John McCallaa74a0c2009-08-28 07:59:38 +00003301 // If the only declaration here is an ordinary friend, consider
3302 // it only if it was declared in an associated classes.
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003303 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary) == 0) {
3304 // If it's neither ordinarily visible nor a friend, we can't find it.
3305 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend) == 0)
3306 continue;
3307
Richard Smith64017682013-07-17 23:53:16 +00003308 bool DeclaredInAssociatedClass = false;
3309 for (Decl *DI = D; DI; DI = DI->getPreviousDecl()) {
3310 DeclContext *LexDC = DI->getLexicalDeclContext();
3311 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC) &&
Richard Smith82b8d4e2015-12-18 22:19:11 +00003312 AssociatedClasses.count(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC)) &&
3313 isVisible(cast<NamedDecl>(DI))) {
Richard Smith64017682013-07-17 23:53:16 +00003314 DeclaredInAssociatedClass = true;
3315 break;
3316 }
3317 }
3318 if (!DeclaredInAssociatedClass)
John McCalld1e9d832009-08-11 06:59:38 +00003319 continue;
3320 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003321
John McCall91f61fc2010-01-26 06:04:06 +00003322 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3323 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00003324
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00003325 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003326 continue;
3327
Richard Smitha1431072015-06-12 01:32:13 +00003328 if (!isVisible(D) && !(D = findAcceptableDecl(*this, D)))
3329 continue;
3330
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003331 Result.insert(D);
Douglas Gregor6127ca42009-06-23 20:14:09 +00003332 }
3333 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003334}
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003335
3336//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3337// Search for all visible declarations.
3338//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Angel Garcia Gomez637d1e62015-10-20 13:23:58 +00003339VisibleDeclConsumer::~VisibleDeclConsumer() { }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003340
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003341bool VisibleDeclConsumer::includeHiddenDecls() const { return false; }
3342
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003343namespace {
3344
3345class ShadowContextRAII;
3346
3347class VisibleDeclsRecord {
3348public:
3349 /// \brief An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store a
3350 /// single declaration (the common case) but can also store a list
3351 /// of declarations.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00003352 typedef llvm::TinyPtrVector<NamedDecl*> ShadowMapEntry;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003353
3354private:
3355 /// \brief A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have
3356 /// this name within a particular scope.
3357 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap;
3358
3359 /// \brief A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding.
3360 std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps;
3361
3362 /// \brief The declaration contexts we have already visited.
3363 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 8> VisitedContexts;
3364
3365 friend class ShadowContextRAII;
3366
3367public:
3368 /// \brief Determine whether we have already visited this context
3369 /// (and, if not, note that we are going to visit that context now).
3370 bool visitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00003371 return !VisitedContexts.insert(Ctx).second;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003372 }
3373
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003374 bool alreadyVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
3375 return VisitedContexts.count(Ctx);
3376 }
3377
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003378 /// \brief Determine whether the given declaration is hidden in the
3379 /// current scope.
3380 ///
3381 /// \returns the declaration that hides the given declaration, or
3382 /// NULL if no such declaration exists.
3383 NamedDecl *checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND);
3384
3385 /// \brief Add a declaration to the current shadow map.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00003386 void add(NamedDecl *ND) {
3387 ShadowMaps.back()[ND->getDeclName()].push_back(ND);
3388 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003389};
3390
3391/// \brief RAII object that records when we've entered a shadow context.
3392class ShadowContextRAII {
3393 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible;
3394
3395 typedef VisibleDeclsRecord::ShadowMap ShadowMap;
3396
3397public:
3398 ShadowContextRAII(VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible) : Visible(Visible) {
Benjamin Kramer3204b152015-05-29 19:42:19 +00003399 Visible.ShadowMaps.emplace_back();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003400 }
3401
3402 ~ShadowContextRAII() {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003403 Visible.ShadowMaps.pop_back();
3404 }
3405};
3406
3407} // end anonymous namespace
3408
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003409NamedDecl *VisibleDeclsRecord::checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND) {
3410 unsigned IDNS = ND->getIdentifierNamespace();
3411 std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SM = ShadowMaps.rbegin();
3412 for (std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SMEnd = ShadowMaps.rend();
3413 SM != SMEnd; ++SM) {
3414 ShadowMap::iterator Pos = SM->find(ND->getDeclName());
3415 if (Pos == SM->end())
3416 continue;
3417
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003418 for (auto *D : Pos->second) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003419 // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003420 if (D->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003421 (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary |
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003422 Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)))
3423 continue;
3424
3425 // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003426 if (((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003427 || (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) &&
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003428 D->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003429 continue;
3430
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003431 // Functions and function templates in the same scope overload
3432 // rather than hide. FIXME: Look for hiding based on function
3433 // signatures!
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003434 if (D->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003435 ND->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003436 SM == ShadowMaps.rbegin())
Douglas Gregor200c99d2010-01-14 03:35:48 +00003437 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003438
Alex Lorenze7e8f802017-01-23 17:23:23 +00003439 // A shadow declaration that's created by a resolved using declaration
3440 // is not hidden by the same using declaration.
3441 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(ND) && isa<UsingDecl>(D) &&
3442 cast<UsingShadowDecl>(ND)->getUsingDecl() == D)
3443 continue;
3444
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003445 // We've found a declaration that hides this one.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003446 return D;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003447 }
3448 }
3449
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003450 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003451}
3452
3453static void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupResult &Result,
3454 bool QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003455 bool InBaseClass,
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003456 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3457 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
Douglas Gregor0c8a1722010-02-04 23:42:48 +00003458 if (!Ctx)
3459 return;
3460
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003461 // Make sure we don't visit the same context twice.
3462 if (Visited.visitedContext(Ctx->getPrimaryContext()))
3463 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003464
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00003465 // Outside C++, lookup results for the TU live on identifiers.
3466 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Ctx) &&
3467 !Result.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3468 auto &S = Result.getSema();
3469 auto &Idents = S.Context.Idents;
3470
3471 // Ensure all external identifiers are in the identifier table.
3472 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External = Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
3473 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
3474 for (StringRef Name = Iter->Next(); !Name.empty(); Name = Iter->Next())
3475 Idents.get(Name);
3476 }
3477
3478 // Walk all lookup results in the TU for each identifier.
3479 for (const auto &Ident : Idents) {
3480 for (auto I = S.IdResolver.begin(Ident.getValue()),
3481 E = S.IdResolver.end();
3482 I != E; ++I) {
3483 if (S.IdResolver.isDeclInScope(*I, Ctx)) {
3484 if (NamedDecl *ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
3485 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
3486 Visited.add(ND);
3487 }
3488 }
3489 }
3490 }
3491
3492 return;
3493 }
3494
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +00003495 if (CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
3496 Result.getSema().ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(Class);
3497
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003498 // Enumerate all of the results in this context.
Richard Trieu20abd6b2015-04-15 03:48:48 +00003499 for (DeclContextLookupResult R : Ctx->lookups()) {
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00003500 for (auto *D : R) {
3501 if (auto *ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(D)) {
3502 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
3503 Visited.add(ND);
Douglas Gregora3b23b02010-12-09 21:44:02 +00003504 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003505 }
3506 }
3507
3508 // Traverse using directives for qualified name lookup.
3509 if (QualifiedNameLookup) {
3510 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00003511 for (auto I : Ctx->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00003512 LookupVisibleDecls(I->getNominatedNamespace(), Result,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003513 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003514 }
3515 }
3516
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003517 // Traverse the contexts of inherited C++ classes.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003518 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) {
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003519 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
3520 return;
3521
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00003522 for (const auto &B : Record->bases()) {
3523 QualType BaseType = B.getType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003524
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003525 // Don't look into dependent bases, because name lookup can't look
3526 // there anyway.
3527 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
3528 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003529
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003530 const RecordType *Record = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
3531 if (!Record)
3532 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003533
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003534 // FIXME: It would be nice to be able to determine whether referencing
3535 // a particular member would be ambiguous. For example, given
3536 //
3537 // struct A { int member; };
3538 // struct B { int member; };
3539 // struct C : A, B { };
3540 //
3541 // void f(C *c) { c->### }
3542 //
3543 // accessing 'member' would result in an ambiguity. However, we
3544 // could be smart enough to qualify the member with the base
3545 // class, e.g.,
3546 //
3547 // c->B::member
3548 //
3549 // or
3550 //
3551 // c->A::member
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003552
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003553 // Find results in this base class (and its bases).
3554 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3555 LookupVisibleDecls(Record->getDecl(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003556 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003557 }
3558 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003559
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003560 // Traverse the contexts of Objective-C classes.
3561 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Ctx)) {
3562 // Traverse categories.
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003563 for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003564 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003565 LookupVisibleDecls(Cat, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003566 Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003567 }
3568
3569 // Traverse protocols.
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003570 for (auto *I : IFace->all_referenced_protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003571 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003572 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003573 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003574 }
3575
3576 // Traverse the superclass.
3577 if (IFace->getSuperClass()) {
3578 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3579 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getSuperClass(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003580 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003581 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003582
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003583 // If there is an implementation, traverse it. We do this to find
3584 // synthesized ivars.
3585 if (IFace->getImplementation()) {
3586 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003587 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getImplementation(), Result,
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +00003588 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003589 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003590 } else if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003591 for (auto *I : Protocol->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003592 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003593 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003594 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003595 }
3596 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003597 for (auto *I : Category->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003598 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003599 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003600 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003601 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003602
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003603 // If there is an implementation, traverse it.
3604 if (Category->getImplementation()) {
3605 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003606 LookupVisibleDecls(Category->getImplementation(), Result,
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003607 QualifiedNameLookup, true, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003608 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003609 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003610}
3611
3612static void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupResult &Result,
3613 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs,
3614 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3615 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
3616 if (!S)
3617 return;
3618
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003619 if (!S->getEntity() ||
3620 (!S->getParent() &&
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003621 !Visited.alreadyVisitedContext(S->getEntity())) ||
3622 (S->getEntity())->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003623 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(Result);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003624 // Walk through the declarations in this Scope.
Aaron Ballman35c54952014-03-17 16:55:25 +00003625 for (auto *D : S->decls()) {
3626 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00003627 if ((ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(ND))) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003628 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), nullptr, false);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003629 Visited.add(ND);
3630 }
3631 }
3632 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003633
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003634 // FIXME: C++ [temp.local]p8
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003635 DeclContext *Entity = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4f248632010-01-01 17:44:25 +00003636 if (S->getEntity()) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003637 // Look into this scope's declaration context, along with any of its
3638 // parent lookup contexts (e.g., enclosing classes), up to the point
3639 // where we hit the context stored in the next outer scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003640 Entity = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003641 DeclContext *OuterCtx = findOuterContext(S).first; // FIXME
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003642
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00003643 for (DeclContext *Ctx = Entity; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003644 Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003645 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
3646 if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) {
3647 // For instance methods, look for ivars in the method's interface.
3648 LookupResult IvarResult(Result.getSema(), Result.getLookupName(),
3649 Result.getNameLoc(), Sema::LookupMemberName);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003650 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = Method->getClassInterface()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003651 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace, IvarResult, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003652 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003653 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003654 }
3655
3656 // We've already performed all of the name lookup that we need
3657 // to for Objective-C methods; the next context will be the
3658 // outer scope.
3659 break;
3660 }
3661
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003662 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod())
3663 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003664
3665 LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003666 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003667 }
3668 } else if (!S->getParent()) {
3669 // Look into the translation unit scope. We walk through the translation
3670 // unit's declaration context, because the Scope itself won't have all of
3671 // the declarations if we loaded a precompiled header.
3672 // FIXME: We would like the translation unit's Scope object to point to the
3673 // translation unit, so we don't need this special "if" branch. However,
3674 // doing so would force the normal C++ name-lookup code to look into the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003675 // translation unit decl when the IdentifierInfo chains would suffice.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003676 // Once we fix that problem (which is part of a more general "don't look
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003677 // in DeclContexts unless we have to" optimization), we can eliminate this.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003678 Entity = Result.getSema().Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003679 LookupVisibleDecls(Entity, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003680 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003681 }
3682
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003683 if (Entity) {
3684 // Lookup visible declarations in any namespaces found by using
3685 // directives.
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +00003686 for (const UnqualUsingEntry &UUE : UDirs.getNamespacesFor(Entity))
3687 LookupVisibleDecls(const_cast<DeclContext *>(UUE.getNominatedNamespace()),
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003688 Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003689 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003690 }
3691
3692 // Lookup names in the parent scope.
3693 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3694 LookupVisibleDecls(S->getParent(), Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3695}
3696
3697void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003698 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3699 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003700 // Determine the set of using directives available during
3701 // unqualified name lookup.
3702 Scope *Initial = S;
3703 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003704 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003705 // Find the first namespace or translation-unit scope.
3706 while (S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
3707 S = S->getParent();
3708
3709 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
3710 }
3711 UDirs.done();
3712
3713 // Look for visible declarations.
3714 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003715 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003716 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003717 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3718 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003719 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3720 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Initial, Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3721}
3722
3723void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003724 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3725 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003726 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003727 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003728 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003729 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3730 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003731 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003732 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/true,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003733 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003734}
3735
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003736/// LookupOrCreateLabel - Do a name lookup of a label with the specified name.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003737/// If GnuLabelLoc is a valid source location, then this is a definition
3738/// of an __label__ label name, otherwise it is a normal label definition
3739/// or use.
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003740LabelDecl *Sema::LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation Loc,
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003741 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003742 // Do a lookup to see if we have a label with this name already.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003743 NamedDecl *Res = nullptr;
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003744
3745 if (GnuLabelLoc.isValid()) {
3746 // Local label definitions always shadow existing labels.
3747 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II, GnuLabelLoc);
3748 Scope *S = CurScope;
3749 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
3750 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3751 }
3752
3753 // Not a GNU local label.
3754 Res = LookupSingleName(CurScope, II, Loc, LookupLabel, NotForRedeclaration);
3755 // If we found a label, check to see if it is in the same context as us.
3756 // When in a Block, we don't want to reuse a label in an enclosing function.
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003757 if (Res && Res->getDeclContext() != CurContext)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003758 Res = nullptr;
3759 if (!Res) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003760 // If not forward referenced or defined already, create the backing decl.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003761 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II);
3762 Scope *S = CurScope->getFnParent();
Chris Lattner9ba479b2011-02-18 21:16:39 +00003763 assert(S && "Not in a function?");
3764 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003765 }
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003766 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3767}
3768
3769//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003770// Typo correction
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003771//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003772
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003773static bool isCandidateViable(CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3774 TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3775 Candidate.setCallbackDistance(CCC.RankCandidate(Candidate));
3776 return Candidate.getEditDistance(false) != TypoCorrection::InvalidDistance;
3777}
3778
3779static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
3780 LookupResult &Res,
3781 IdentifierInfo *Name,
3782 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3783 DeclContext *MemberContext,
3784 bool EnteringContext,
3785 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
3786 bool FindHidden);
3787
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003788/// \brief Check whether the declarations found for a typo correction are
3789/// visible, and if none of them are, convert the correction to an 'import
3790/// a module' correction.
3791static void checkCorrectionVisibility(Sema &SemaRef, TypoCorrection &TC) {
3792 if (TC.begin() == TC.end())
3793 return;
3794
3795 TypoCorrection::decl_iterator DI = TC.begin(), DE = TC.end();
3796
3797 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI)
3798 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3799 break;
3800 // Nothing to do if all decls are visible.
3801 if (DI == DE)
3802 return;
3803
3804 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> NewDecls(TC.begin(), DI);
3805 bool AnyVisibleDecls = !NewDecls.empty();
3806
3807 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI) {
3808 NamedDecl *VisibleDecl = *DI;
3809 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3810 VisibleDecl = findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, *DI);
3811
3812 if (VisibleDecl) {
3813 if (!AnyVisibleDecls) {
3814 // Found a visible decl, discard all hidden ones.
3815 AnyVisibleDecls = true;
3816 NewDecls.clear();
3817 }
3818 NewDecls.push_back(VisibleDecl);
3819 } else if (!AnyVisibleDecls && !(*DI)->isModulePrivate())
3820 NewDecls.push_back(*DI);
3821 }
3822
3823 if (NewDecls.empty())
3824 TC = TypoCorrection();
3825 else {
3826 TC.setCorrectionDecls(NewDecls);
3827 TC.setRequiresImport(!AnyVisibleDecls);
3828 }
3829}
3830
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003831// Fill the supplied vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for each piece of
3832// the given NestedNameSpecifier (i.e. given a NestedNameSpecifier "foo::bar::",
3833// fill the vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for "foo" and "bar").
3834static void getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(
3835 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3836 SmallVectorImpl<const IdentifierInfo*> &Identifiers) {
3837 if (NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())
3838 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(Prefix, Identifiers);
3839 else
3840 Identifiers.clear();
3841
3842 const IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
3843
3844 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3845 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3846 II = NNS->getAsIdentifier();
3847 break;
3848
3849 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3850 if (NNS->getAsNamespace()->isAnonymousNamespace())
3851 return;
3852 II = NNS->getAsNamespace()->getIdentifier();
3853 break;
3854
3855 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3856 II = NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getIdentifier();
3857 break;
3858
3859 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
3860 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3861 II = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0).getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3862 break;
3863
3864 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00003865 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003866 return;
3867 }
3868
3869 if (II)
3870 Identifiers.push_back(II);
3871}
3872
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003873void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding,
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003874 DeclContext *Ctx, bool InBaseClass) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003875 // Don't consider hidden names for typo correction.
3876 if (Hiding)
3877 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003878
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003879 // Only consider entities with identifiers for names, ignoring
3880 // special names (constructors, overloaded operators, selectors,
3881 // etc.).
3882 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
3883 if (!Name)
3884 return;
3885
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003886 // Only consider visible declarations and declarations from modules with
3887 // names that exactly match.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003888 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND) && Name != Typo &&
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003889 !findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, ND))
3890 return;
3891
Douglas Gregor57756ea2010-10-14 22:11:03 +00003892 FoundName(Name->getName());
3893}
3894
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003895void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundName(StringRef Name) {
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003896 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and the name of this
3897 // entity, and add the identifier to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003898 addName(Name, nullptr);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003899}
3900
3901void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addKeywordResult(StringRef Keyword) {
3902 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and this keyword,
3903 // and add the keyword to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003904 addName(Keyword, nullptr, nullptr, true);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003905}
3906
3907void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addName(StringRef Name, NamedDecl *ND,
3908 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, bool isKeyword) {
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003909 // Use a simple length-based heuristic to determine the minimum possible
3910 // edit distance. If the minimum isn't good enough, bail out early.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003911 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
3912 unsigned MinED = abs((int)Name.size() - (int)TypoStr.size());
3913 if (MinED && TypoStr.size() / MinED < 3)
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003914 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003915
Douglas Gregorc1fb15e2010-10-19 22:14:33 +00003916 // Compute an upper bound on the allowable edit distance, so that the
3917 // edit-distance algorithm can short-circuit.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003918 unsigned UpperBound = (TypoStr.size() + 2) / 3 + 1;
3919 unsigned ED = TypoStr.edit_distance(Name, true, UpperBound);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003920 if (ED >= UpperBound) return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003921
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003922 TypoCorrection TC(&SemaRef.Context.Idents.get(Name), ND, NNS, ED);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003923 if (isKeyword) TC.makeKeyword();
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00003924 TC.setCorrectionRange(nullptr, Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003925 addCorrection(TC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003926}
3927
Kaelyn Takatad2287c32014-10-27 18:07:13 +00003928static const unsigned MaxTypoDistanceResultSets = 5;
3929
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003930void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addCorrection(TypoCorrection Correction) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003931 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003932 StringRef Name = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo()->getName();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003933
3934 // For very short typos, ignore potential corrections that have a different
3935 // base identifier from the typo or which have a normalized edit distance
3936 // longer than the typo itself.
3937 if (TypoStr.size() < 3 &&
3938 (Name != TypoStr || Correction.getEditDistance(true) > TypoStr.size()))
3939 return;
3940
3941 // If the correction is resolved but is not viable, ignore it.
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003942 if (Correction.isResolved()) {
3943 checkCorrectionVisibility(SemaRef, Correction);
3944 if (!Correction || !isCandidateViable(*CorrectionValidator, Correction))
3945 return;
3946 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003947
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003948 TypoResultList &CList =
3949 CorrectionResults[Correction.getEditDistance(false)][Name];
Chandler Carruth7d85c9b2011-06-28 22:48:40 +00003950
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003951 if (!CList.empty() && !CList.back().isResolved())
3952 CList.pop_back();
3953 if (NamedDecl *NewND = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) {
3954 std::string CorrectionStr = Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
3955 for (TypoResultList::iterator RI = CList.begin(), RIEnd = CList.end();
3956 RI != RIEnd; ++RI) {
3957 // If the Correction refers to a decl already in the result list,
3958 // replace the existing result if the string representation of Correction
3959 // comes before the current result alphabetically, then stop as there is
3960 // nothing more to be done to add Correction to the candidate set.
3961 if (RI->getCorrectionDecl() == NewND) {
3962 if (CorrectionStr < RI->getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()))
3963 *RI = Correction;
3964 return;
3965 }
3966 }
3967 }
3968 if (CList.empty() || Correction.isResolved())
3969 CList.push_back(Correction);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003970
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003971 while (CorrectionResults.size() > MaxTypoDistanceResultSets)
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003972 CorrectionResults.erase(std::prev(CorrectionResults.end()));
3973}
3974
3975void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addNamespaces(
3976 const llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl *, bool> &KnownNamespaces) {
3977 SearchNamespaces = true;
3978
3979 for (auto KNPair : KnownNamespaces)
3980 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(KNPair.first);
3981
3982 bool SSIsTemplate = false;
3983 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
3984 (SS && SS->isValid()) ? SS->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
3985 if (const Type *T = NNS->getAsType())
3986 SSIsTemplate = T->getTypeClass() == Type::TemplateSpecialization;
3987 }
Richard Smith2a40fb72015-11-18 01:19:02 +00003988 // Do not transform this into an iterator-based loop. The loop body can
3989 // trigger the creation of further types (through lazy deserialization) and
3990 // invalide iterators into this list.
3991 auto &Types = SemaRef.getASTContext().getTypes();
3992 for (unsigned I = 0; I != Types.size(); ++I) {
3993 const auto *TI = Types[I];
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003994 if (CXXRecordDecl *CD = TI->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
3995 CD = CD->getCanonicalDecl();
3996 if (!CD->isDependentType() && !CD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3997 !CD->isUnion() && CD->getIdentifier() &&
3998 (SSIsTemplate || !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CD)) &&
3999 (CD->isBeingDefined() || CD->isCompleteDefinition()))
4000 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(CD);
4001 }
4002 }
4003}
4004
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00004005const TypoCorrection &TypoCorrectionConsumer::getNextCorrection() {
4006 if (++CurrentTCIndex < ValidatedCorrections.size())
4007 return ValidatedCorrections[CurrentTCIndex];
4008
4009 CurrentTCIndex = ValidatedCorrections.size();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004010 while (!CorrectionResults.empty()) {
4011 auto DI = CorrectionResults.begin();
4012 if (DI->second.empty()) {
4013 CorrectionResults.erase(DI);
4014 continue;
4015 }
4016
4017 auto RI = DI->second.begin();
4018 if (RI->second.empty()) {
4019 DI->second.erase(RI);
4020 performQualifiedLookups();
4021 continue;
4022 }
4023
4024 TypoCorrection TC = RI->second.pop_back_val();
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00004025 if (TC.isResolved() || TC.requiresImport() || resolveCorrection(TC)) {
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00004026 ValidatedCorrections.push_back(TC);
4027 return ValidatedCorrections[CurrentTCIndex];
4028 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004029 }
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00004030 return ValidatedCorrections[0]; // The empty correction.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004031}
4032
4033bool TypoCorrectionConsumer::resolveCorrection(TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
4034 IdentifierInfo *Name = Candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
4035 DeclContext *TempMemberContext = MemberContext;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004036 CXXScopeSpec *TempSS = SS.get();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004037retry_lookup:
4038 LookupPotentialTypoResult(SemaRef, Result, Name, S, TempSS, TempMemberContext,
4039 EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004040 CorrectionValidator->IsObjCIvarLookup,
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004041 Name == Typo && !Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier());
4042 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
4043 case LookupResult::NotFound:
4044 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
4045 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
4046 if (TempSS) {
4047 // Immediately retry the lookup without the given CXXScopeSpec
4048 TempSS = nullptr;
4049 Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier(true);
4050 goto retry_lookup;
4051 }
4052 if (TempMemberContext) {
4053 if (SS && !TempSS)
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004054 TempSS = SS.get();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004055 TempMemberContext = nullptr;
4056 goto retry_lookup;
4057 }
4058 if (SearchNamespaces)
4059 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
4060 break;
4061
4062 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
4063 // We don't deal with ambiguities.
4064 break;
4065
4066 case LookupResult::Found:
4067 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
4068 // Store all of the Decls for overloaded symbols
4069 for (auto *TRD : Result)
4070 Candidate.addCorrectionDecl(TRD);
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00004071 checkCorrectionVisibility(SemaRef, Candidate);
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004072 if (!isCandidateViable(*CorrectionValidator, Candidate)) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004073 if (SearchNamespaces)
4074 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
4075 break;
4076 }
Kaelyn Takata20deb1d2015-01-28 00:46:09 +00004077 Candidate.setCorrectionRange(SS.get(), Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004078 return true;
4079 }
4080 return false;
4081}
4082
4083void TypoCorrectionConsumer::performQualifiedLookups() {
4084 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
Benjamin Kramer2e018ef2016-05-27 13:36:58 +00004085 for (const TypoCorrection &QR : QualifiedResults) {
4086 for (const auto &NSI : Namespaces) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004087 DeclContext *Ctx = NSI.DeclCtx;
4088 const Type *NSType = NSI.NameSpecifier->getAsType();
4089
4090 // If the current NestedNameSpecifier refers to a class and the
4091 // current correction candidate is the name of that class, then skip
4092 // it as it is unlikely a qualified version of the class' constructor
4093 // is an appropriate correction.
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00004094 if (CXXRecordDecl *NSDecl = NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() :
4095 nullptr) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004096 if (NSDecl->getIdentifier() == QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo())
4097 continue;
4098 }
4099
4100 TypoCorrection TC(QR);
4101 TC.ClearCorrectionDecls();
4102 TC.setCorrectionSpecifier(NSI.NameSpecifier);
4103 TC.setQualifierDistance(NSI.EditDistance);
4104 TC.setCallbackDistance(0); // Reset the callback distance
4105
4106 // If the current correction candidate and namespace combination are
4107 // too far away from the original typo based on the normalized edit
4108 // distance, then skip performing a qualified name lookup.
4109 unsigned TmpED = TC.getEditDistance(true);
4110 if (QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != Typo && TmpED &&
4111 TypoLen / TmpED < 3)
4112 continue;
4113
4114 Result.clear();
4115 Result.setLookupName(QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo());
4116 if (!SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Result, Ctx))
4117 continue;
4118
4119 // Any corrections added below will be validated in subsequent
4120 // iterations of the main while() loop over the Consumer's contents.
4121 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
4122 case LookupResult::Found:
4123 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: {
4124 if (SS && SS->isValid()) {
4125 std::string NewQualified = TC.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
4126 std::string OldQualified;
4127 llvm::raw_string_ostream OldOStream(OldQualified);
4128 SS->getScopeRep()->print(OldOStream, SemaRef.getPrintingPolicy());
4129 OldOStream << Typo->getName();
4130 // If correction candidate would be an identical written qualified
4131 // identifer, then the existing CXXScopeSpec probably included a
4132 // typedef that didn't get accounted for properly.
4133 if (OldOStream.str() == NewQualified)
4134 break;
4135 }
4136 for (LookupResult::iterator TRD = Result.begin(), TRDEnd = Result.end();
4137 TRD != TRDEnd; ++TRD) {
4138 if (SemaRef.CheckMemberAccess(TC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
4139 NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()
4140 : nullptr,
4141 TRD.getPair()) == Sema::AR_accessible)
4142 TC.addCorrectionDecl(*TRD);
4143 }
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00004144 if (TC.isResolved()) {
4145 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS.get(), Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004146 addCorrection(TC);
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00004147 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004148 break;
4149 }
4150 case LookupResult::NotFound:
4151 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
4152 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
4153 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
4154 break;
4155 }
4156 }
4157 }
4158 QualifiedResults.clear();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004159}
4160
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004161TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::NamespaceSpecifierSet(
4162 ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *CurContext, CXXScopeSpec *CurScopeSpec)
Benjamin Kramer15537272015-03-13 16:10:42 +00004163 : Context(Context), CurContextChain(buildContextChain(CurContext)) {
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004164 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
4165 CurScopeSpec ? CurScopeSpec->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
4166 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(CurNameSpecifier);
4167 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4168
4169 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4170 }
4171 // Build the list of identifiers that would be used for an absolute
4172 // (from the global context) NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current
4173 // context.
David Majnemerf7e36092016-06-23 00:15:04 +00004174 for (DeclContext *C : llvm::reverse(CurContextChain)) {
4175 if (auto *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(C))
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004176 CurContextIdentifiers.push_back(ND->getIdentifier());
4177 }
4178
4179 // Add the global context as a NestedNameSpecifier
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00004180 SpecifierInfo SI = {cast<DeclContext>(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()),
4181 NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context), 1};
4182 DistanceMap[1].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004183}
4184
Kaelyn Takata7dcc0e62014-06-11 18:07:08 +00004185auto TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildContextChain(
4186 DeclContext *Start) -> DeclContextList {
Nick Lewycky0d9b3192013-04-08 21:55:21 +00004187 assert(Start && "Building a context chain from a null context");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004188 DeclContextList Chain;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004189 for (DeclContext *DC = Start->getPrimaryContext(); DC != nullptr;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004190 DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
4191 NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
4192 if (!DC->isInlineNamespace() && !DC->isTransparentContext() &&
4193 !(ND && ND->isAnonymousNamespace()))
4194 Chain.push_back(DC->getPrimaryContext());
4195 }
4196 return Chain;
4197}
4198
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004199unsigned
4200TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildNestedNameSpecifier(
4201 DeclContextList &DeclChain, NestedNameSpecifier *&NNS) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004202 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
David Majnemerf7e36092016-06-23 00:15:04 +00004203 for (DeclContext *C : llvm::reverse(DeclChain)) {
4204 if (auto *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(C)) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004205 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, ND);
4206 ++NumSpecifiers;
David Majnemerf7e36092016-06-23 00:15:04 +00004207 } else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(C)) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004208 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
4209 RD->getTypeForDecl());
4210 ++NumSpecifiers;
4211 }
4212 }
4213 return NumSpecifiers;
4214}
4215
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004216void TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::addNameSpecifier(
4217 DeclContext *Ctx) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004218 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004219 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00004220 DeclContextList NamespaceDeclChain(buildContextChain(Ctx));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004221 DeclContextList FullNamespaceDeclChain(NamespaceDeclChain);
4222
4223 // Eliminate common elements from the two DeclContext chains.
David Majnemerf7e36092016-06-23 00:15:04 +00004224 for (DeclContext *C : llvm::reverse(CurContextChain)) {
4225 if (NamespaceDeclChain.empty() || NamespaceDeclChain.back() != C)
4226 break;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004227 NamespaceDeclChain.pop_back();
4228 }
4229
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004230 // Build the NestedNameSpecifier from what is left of the NamespaceDeclChain
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004231 NumSpecifiers = buildNestedNameSpecifier(NamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004232
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004233 // Add an explicit leading '::' specifier if needed.
4234 if (NamespaceDeclChain.empty()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004235 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004236 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004237 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004238 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004239 } else if (NamedDecl *ND =
4240 dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(NamespaceDeclChain.back())) {
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004241 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004242 bool SameNameSpecifier = false;
4243 if (std::find(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.begin(),
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004244 CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end(),
4245 Name) != CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004246 std::string NewNameSpecifier;
4247 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(NewNameSpecifier);
4248 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo *, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
4249 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4250 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4251 SpecifierOStream.flush();
4252 SameNameSpecifier = NewNameSpecifier == CurNameSpecifier;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004253 }
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004254 if (SameNameSpecifier ||
4255 std::find(CurContextIdentifiers.begin(), CurContextIdentifiers.end(),
4256 Name) != CurContextIdentifiers.end()) {
4257 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
4258 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
4259 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004260 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004261 }
4262 }
4263
4264 // If the built NestedNameSpecifier would be replacing an existing
4265 // NestedNameSpecifier, use the number of component identifiers that
4266 // would need to be changed as the edit distance instead of the number
4267 // of components in the built NestedNameSpecifier.
4268 if (NNS && !CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.empty()) {
4269 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
4270 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4271 NumSpecifiers = llvm::ComputeEditDistance(
Craig Topper8c2a2a02014-08-30 16:55:39 +00004272 llvm::makeArrayRef(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers),
4273 llvm::makeArrayRef(NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004274 }
4275
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00004276 SpecifierInfo SI = {Ctx, NNS, NumSpecifiers};
4277 DistanceMap[NumSpecifiers].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004278}
4279
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004280/// \brief Perform name lookup for a possible result for typo correction.
4281static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
4282 LookupResult &Res,
4283 IdentifierInfo *Name,
4284 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4285 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4286 bool EnteringContext,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004287 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
4288 bool FindHidden) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004289 Res.suppressDiagnostics();
4290 Res.clear();
4291 Res.setLookupName(Name);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004292 Res.setAllowHidden(FindHidden);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004293 if (MemberContext) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004294 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(MemberContext)) {
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004295 if (isObjCIvarLookup) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004296 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
4297 Res.addDecl(Ivar);
4298 Res.resolveKind();
4299 return;
4300 }
4301 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004302
Manman Ren5b786402016-01-28 18:49:28 +00004303 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Prop = Class->FindPropertyDeclaration(
4304 Name, ObjCPropertyQueryKind::OBJC_PR_query_instance)) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004305 Res.addDecl(Prop);
4306 Res.resolveKind();
4307 return;
4308 }
4309 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004310
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004311 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Res, MemberContext);
4312 return;
4313 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004314
4315 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Res, S, SS, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/false,
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004316 EnteringContext);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004317
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004318 // Fake ivar lookup; this should really be part of
4319 // LookupParsedName.
4320 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) {
4321 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Method->getClassInterface() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004322 (Res.empty() ||
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004323 (Res.isSingleResult() &&
4324 Res.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()))) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004325 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004326 = Method->getClassInterface()->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
4327 Res.addDecl(IV);
4328 Res.resolveKind();
4329 }
4330 }
4331 }
4332}
4333
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004334/// \brief Add keywords to the consumer as possible typo corrections.
4335static void AddKeywordsToConsumer(Sema &SemaRef,
4336 TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
Richard Smithb3a1df02012-06-08 21:35:42 +00004337 Scope *S, CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
4338 bool AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
4339 if (AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
4340 // For 'X::', we know exactly which keywords can appear next.
4341 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4342 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords)
4343 Consumer.addKeywordResult("operator");
4344 return;
4345 }
4346
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004347 if (CCC.WantObjCSuper)
4348 Consumer.addKeywordResult("super");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004349
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004350 if (CCC.WantTypeSpecifiers) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004351 // Add type-specifier keywords to the set of results.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004352 static const char *const CTypeSpecs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004353 "char", "const", "double", "enum", "float", "int", "long", "short",
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00004354 "signed", "struct", "union", "unsigned", "void", "volatile",
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004355 "_Complex", "_Imaginary",
4356 // storage-specifiers as well
4357 "extern", "inline", "static", "typedef"
4358 };
4359
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004360 const unsigned NumCTypeSpecs = llvm::array_lengthof(CTypeSpecs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004361 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCTypeSpecs; ++I)
4362 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CTypeSpecs[I]);
4363
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004364 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004365 Consumer.addKeywordResult("restrict");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004366 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004367 Consumer.addKeywordResult("bool");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004368 else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00004369 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Bool");
4370
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004371 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004372 Consumer.addKeywordResult("class");
4373 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typename");
4374 Consumer.addKeywordResult("wchar_t");
4375
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004376 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004377 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char16_t");
4378 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char32_t");
4379 Consumer.addKeywordResult("constexpr");
4380 Consumer.addKeywordResult("decltype");
4381 Consumer.addKeywordResult("thread_local");
4382 }
4383 }
4384
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004385 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().GNUMode)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004386 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typeof");
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004387 } else if (CCC.WantFunctionLikeCasts) {
4388 static const char *const CastableTypeSpecs[] = {
4389 "char", "double", "float", "int", "long", "short",
4390 "signed", "unsigned", "void"
4391 };
4392 for (auto *kw : CastableTypeSpecs)
4393 Consumer.addKeywordResult(kw);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004394 }
4395
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004396 if (CCC.WantCXXNamedCasts && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004397 Consumer.addKeywordResult("const_cast");
4398 Consumer.addKeywordResult("dynamic_cast");
4399 Consumer.addKeywordResult("reinterpret_cast");
4400 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_cast");
4401 }
4402
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004403 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004404 Consumer.addKeywordResult("sizeof");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004405 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004406 Consumer.addKeywordResult("false");
4407 Consumer.addKeywordResult("true");
4408 }
4409
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004410 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004411 static const char *const CXXExprs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004412 "delete", "new", "operator", "throw", "typeid"
4413 };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004414 const unsigned NumCXXExprs = llvm::array_lengthof(CXXExprs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004415 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCXXExprs; ++I)
4416 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CXXExprs[I]);
4417
4418 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) &&
4419 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isInstance())
4420 Consumer.addKeywordResult("this");
4421
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004422 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004423 Consumer.addKeywordResult("alignof");
4424 Consumer.addKeywordResult("nullptr");
4425 }
4426 }
Jordan Rose58d54722012-06-30 21:33:57 +00004427
4428 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) {
4429 // FIXME: We should not suggest _Alignof if the alignof macro
4430 // is present.
4431 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Alignof");
4432 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004433 }
4434
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004435 if (CCC.WantRemainingKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004436 if (SemaRef.getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() || SemaRef.getCurBlock()) {
4437 // Statements.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004438 static const char *const CStmts[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004439 "do", "else", "for", "goto", "if", "return", "switch", "while" };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004440 const unsigned NumCStmts = llvm::array_lengthof(CStmts);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004441 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCStmts; ++I)
4442 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CStmts[I]);
4443
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004444 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004445 Consumer.addKeywordResult("catch");
4446 Consumer.addKeywordResult("try");
4447 }
4448
4449 if (S && S->getBreakParent())
4450 Consumer.addKeywordResult("break");
4451
4452 if (S && S->getContinueParent())
4453 Consumer.addKeywordResult("continue");
4454
4455 if (!SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) {
4456 Consumer.addKeywordResult("case");
4457 Consumer.addKeywordResult("default");
4458 }
4459 } else {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004460 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004461 Consumer.addKeywordResult("namespace");
4462 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4463 }
4464
4465 if (S && S->isClassScope()) {
4466 Consumer.addKeywordResult("explicit");
4467 Consumer.addKeywordResult("friend");
4468 Consumer.addKeywordResult("mutable");
4469 Consumer.addKeywordResult("private");
4470 Consumer.addKeywordResult("protected");
4471 Consumer.addKeywordResult("public");
4472 Consumer.addKeywordResult("virtual");
4473 }
4474 }
4475
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004476 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004477 Consumer.addKeywordResult("using");
4478
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004479 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004480 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_assert");
4481 }
4482 }
4483}
4484
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004485std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Sema::makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4486 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4487 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4488 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
4489 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004490 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, bool ErrorRecovery) {
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004491
4492 if (Diags.hasFatalErrorOccurred() || !getLangOpts().SpellChecking ||
4493 DisableTypoCorrection)
4494 return nullptr;
4495
4496 // In Microsoft mode, don't perform typo correction in a template member
4497 // function dependent context because it interferes with the "lookup into
4498 // dependent bases of class templates" feature.
4499 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && CurContext->isDependentContext() &&
4500 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext))
4501 return nullptr;
4502
4503 // We only attempt to correct typos for identifiers.
4504 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
4505 if (!Typo)
4506 return nullptr;
4507
4508 // If the scope specifier itself was invalid, don't try to correct
4509 // typos.
4510 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
4511 return nullptr;
4512
Richard Smith696e3122017-02-23 01:43:54 +00004513 // Never try to correct typos during any kind of code synthesis.
4514 if (!CodeSynthesisContexts.empty())
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004515 return nullptr;
4516
4517 // Don't try to correct 'super'.
4518 if (S && S->isInObjcMethodScope() && Typo == getSuperIdentifier())
4519 return nullptr;
4520
4521 // Abort if typo correction already failed for this specific typo.
4522 IdentifierSourceLocations::iterator locs = TypoCorrectionFailures.find(Typo);
4523 if (locs != TypoCorrectionFailures.end() &&
4524 locs->second.count(TypoName.getLoc()))
4525 return nullptr;
4526
4527 // Don't try to correct the identifier "vector" when in AltiVec mode.
4528 // TODO: Figure out why typo correction misbehaves in this case, fix it, and
4529 // remove this workaround.
Ulrich Weigand3c5038a2015-07-30 14:08:36 +00004530 if ((getLangOpts().AltiVec || getLangOpts().ZVector) && Typo->isStr("vector"))
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004531 return nullptr;
4532
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004533 // Provide a stop gap for files that are just seriously broken. Trying
4534 // to correct all typos can turn into a HUGE performance penalty, causing
4535 // some files to take minutes to get rejected by the parser.
4536 unsigned Limit = getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticOptions().SpellCheckingLimit;
4537 if (Limit && TyposCorrected >= Limit)
4538 return nullptr;
4539 ++TyposCorrected;
4540
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004541 // If we're handling a missing symbol error, using modules, and the
4542 // special search all modules option is used, look for a missing import.
4543 if (ErrorRecovery && getLangOpts().Modules &&
4544 getLangOpts().ModulesSearchAll) {
4545 // The following has the side effect of loading the missing module.
4546 getModuleLoader().lookupMissingImports(Typo->getName(),
4547 TypoName.getLocStart());
4548 }
4549
4550 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCCRef = *CCC;
4551 auto Consumer = llvm::make_unique<TypoCorrectionConsumer>(
4552 *this, TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
4553 EnteringContext);
4554
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004555 // Perform name lookup to find visible, similarly-named entities.
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004556 bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004557 DeclContext *QualifiedDC = MemberContext;
4558 if (MemberContext) {
4559 LookupVisibleDecls(MemberContext, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4560
4561 // Look in qualified interfaces.
4562 if (OPT) {
4563 for (auto *I : OPT->quals())
4564 LookupVisibleDecls(I, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4565 }
4566 } else if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
4567 QualifiedDC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext);
4568 if (!QualifiedDC)
4569 return nullptr;
4570
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004571 LookupVisibleDecls(QualifiedDC, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4572 } else {
4573 IsUnqualifiedLookup = true;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004574 }
4575
4576 // Determine whether we are going to search in the various namespaces for
4577 // corrections.
4578 bool SearchNamespaces
4579 = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4580 (IsUnqualifiedLookup || (SS && SS->isSet()));
4581
4582 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup || SearchNamespaces) {
4583 // For unqualified lookup, look through all of the names that we have
4584 // seen in this translation unit.
4585 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
4586 for (const auto &I : Context.Idents)
4587 Consumer->FoundName(I.getKey());
4588
4589 // Walk through identifiers in external identifier sources.
4590 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
4591 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External
4592 = Context.Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
4593 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
4594 do {
4595 StringRef Name = Iter->Next();
4596 if (Name.empty())
4597 break;
4598
4599 Consumer->FoundName(Name);
4600 } while (true);
4601 }
4602 }
4603
4604 AddKeywordsToConsumer(*this, *Consumer, S, CCCRef, SS && SS->isNotEmpty());
4605
4606 // Build the NestedNameSpecifiers for the KnownNamespaces, if we're going
4607 // to search those namespaces.
4608 if (SearchNamespaces) {
4609 // Load any externally-known namespaces.
4610 if (ExternalSource && !LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces) {
4611 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl *, 4> ExternalKnownNamespaces;
4612 LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces = true;
4613 ExternalSource->ReadKnownNamespaces(ExternalKnownNamespaces);
4614 for (auto *N : ExternalKnownNamespaces)
4615 KnownNamespaces[N] = true;
4616 }
4617
4618 Consumer->addNamespaces(KnownNamespaces);
4619 }
4620
4621 return Consumer;
4622}
4623
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004624/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4625/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4626/// present in the source code.
4627///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004628/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4629/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4630///
4631/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004632///
4633/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4634///
4635/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4636/// looking for, if present.
4637///
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004638/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4639/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4640/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4641///
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00004642/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4643/// a member access expression.
4644///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004645/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00004646/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4647///
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004648/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4649/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4650///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004651/// \returns a \c TypoCorrection containing the corrected name if the typo
4652/// along with information such as the \c NamedDecl where the corrected name
4653/// was declared, and any additional \c NestedNameSpecifier needed to access
4654/// it (C++ only). The \c TypoCorrection is empty if there is no correction.
4655TypoCorrection Sema::CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName,
4656 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4657 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004658 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
John Thompson2255f2c2014-04-23 12:57:01 +00004659 CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004660 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4661 bool EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004662 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
4663 bool RecordFailure) {
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004664 assert(CCC && "CorrectTypo requires a CorrectionCandidateCallback");
4665
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004666 // Always let the ExternalSource have the first chance at correction, even
4667 // if we would otherwise have given up.
4668 if (ExternalSource) {
4669 if (TypoCorrection Correction = ExternalSource->CorrectTypo(
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004670 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, *CCC, MemberContext, EnteringContext, OPT))
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004671 return Correction;
4672 }
4673
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004674 // Ugly hack equivalent to CTC == CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver;
4675 // WantObjCSuper is only true for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver and for
4676 // some instances of CTC_Unknown, while WantRemainingKeywords is true
4677 // for CTC_Unknown but not for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver.
4678 bool ObjCMessageReceiver = CCC->WantObjCSuper && !CCC->WantRemainingKeywords;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004679
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004680 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004681 auto Consumer = makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4682 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004683 EnteringContext, OPT, Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004684
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004685 if (!Consumer)
4686 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004687
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00004688 // If we haven't found anything, we're done.
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004689 if (Consumer->empty())
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004690 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004691
Kaelyn Uhrain493ea632012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004692 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4693 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004694 unsigned ED = Consumer->getBestEditDistance(true);
4695 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004696 if (ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3)
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004697 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004698
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004699 TypoCorrection BestTC = Consumer->getNextCorrection();
4700 TypoCorrection SecondBestTC = Consumer->getNextCorrection();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004701 if (!BestTC)
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004702 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004703
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004704 ED = BestTC.getEditDistance();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004705
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004706 if (TypoLen >= 3 && ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3) {
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004707 // If this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback
4708 // object wouldn't have filtered out possible corrections, note
4709 // that no correction was found.
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004710 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004711 }
4712
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004713 // If only a single name remains, return that result.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004714 if (!SecondBestTC ||
4715 SecondBestTC.getEditDistance(false) > BestTC.getEditDistance(false)) {
4716 const TypoCorrection &Result = BestTC;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004717
Douglas Gregor2a1d72d2010-10-26 17:18:00 +00004718 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4719 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004720 if (ED == 0 && Result.isKeyword())
4721 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004722
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004723 TypoCorrection TC = Result;
4724 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
Kaelyn Takataa95ebc62014-06-17 23:47:29 +00004725 checkCorrectionVisibility(*this, TC);
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004726 return TC;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004727 } else if (SecondBestTC && ObjCMessageReceiver) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004728 // Prefer 'super' when we're completing in a message-receiver
4729 // context.
4730
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004731 if (BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super") {
4732 if (SecondBestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() == "super")
4733 BestTC = SecondBestTC;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004734 else if ((*Consumer)["super"].front().isKeyword())
4735 BestTC = (*Consumer)["super"].front();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004736 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004737 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4738 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004739 if (BestTC.getEditDistance() == 0 ||
4740 BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super")
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004741 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004742
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004743 BestTC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
4744 return BestTC;
Douglas Gregoraf9eb592010-10-15 13:35:25 +00004745 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004746
Kaelyn Takata73429fd2014-06-10 21:03:49 +00004747 // Record the failure's location if needed and return an empty correction. If
4748 // this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback object did not
4749 // filter out possible corrections, also cache the failure for the typo.
Kaelyn Takataae9e97c2015-01-16 22:11:04 +00004750 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure && !SecondBestTC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004751}
4752
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004753/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4754/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4755/// present in the source code.
4756///
4757/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4758/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4759///
4760/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
4761///
4762/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4763///
4764/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4765/// looking for, if present.
4766///
4767/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4768/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4769/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4770///
4771/// \param TDG A TypoDiagnosticGenerator functor that will be used to print
4772/// diagnostics when the actual typo correction is attempted.
4773///
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004774/// \param TRC A TypoRecoveryCallback functor that will be used to build an
4775/// Expr from a typo correction candidate.
4776///
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004777/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4778/// a member access expression.
4779///
4780/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
4781/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4782///
4783/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4784/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4785///
4786/// \returns a new \c TypoExpr that will later be replaced in the AST with an
4787/// Expr representing the result of performing typo correction, or nullptr if
4788/// typo correction is not possible. If nullptr is returned, no diagnostics will
4789/// be emitted and it is the responsibility of the caller to emit any that are
4790/// needed.
4791TypoExpr *Sema::CorrectTypoDelayed(
4792 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4793 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4794 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004795 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004796 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
4797 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT) {
4798 assert(CCC && "CorrectTypoDelayed requires a CorrectionCandidateCallback");
4799
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004800 auto Consumer = makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4801 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
Kaelyn Takataae9e97c2015-01-16 22:11:04 +00004802 EnteringContext, OPT, Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery);
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004803
Benjamin Kramerb8727332016-05-19 10:46:10 +00004804 // Give the external sema source a chance to correct the typo.
4805 TypoCorrection ExternalTypo;
4806 if (ExternalSource && Consumer) {
4807 ExternalTypo = ExternalSource->CorrectTypo(
Benjamin Kramer97d7a662016-05-19 21:53:33 +00004808 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, *Consumer->getCorrectionValidator(),
4809 MemberContext, EnteringContext, OPT);
Benjamin Kramerb8727332016-05-19 10:46:10 +00004810 if (ExternalTypo)
4811 Consumer->addCorrection(ExternalTypo);
4812 }
4813
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004814 if (!Consumer || Consumer->empty())
4815 return nullptr;
4816
4817 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4818 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
4819 unsigned ED = Consumer->getBestEditDistance(true);
4820 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
Benjamin Kramerb8727332016-05-19 10:46:10 +00004821 if (!ExternalTypo && ED > 0 && Typo->getName().size() / ED < 3)
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004822 return nullptr;
4823
4824 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos++;
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004825 return createDelayedTypo(std::move(Consumer), std::move(TDG), std::move(TRC));
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004826}
4827
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004828void TypoCorrection::addCorrectionDecl(NamedDecl *CDecl) {
4829 if (!CDecl) return;
4830
4831 if (isKeyword())
4832 CorrectionDecls.clear();
4833
Richard Smithde6d6c42015-12-29 19:43:10 +00004834 CorrectionDecls.push_back(CDecl);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004835
4836 if (!CorrectionName)
4837 CorrectionName = CDecl->getDeclName();
4838}
4839
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004840std::string TypoCorrection::getAsString(const LangOptions &LO) const {
4841 if (CorrectionNameSpec) {
4842 std::string tmpBuffer;
4843 llvm::raw_string_ostream PrefixOStream(tmpBuffer);
4844 CorrectionNameSpec->print(PrefixOStream, PrintingPolicy(LO));
David Blaikied4da8722013-05-14 21:04:00 +00004845 PrefixOStream << CorrectionName;
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004846 return PrefixOStream.str();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004847 }
4848
4849 return CorrectionName.getAsString();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004850}
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004851
Nico Weberb58e51c2014-11-19 05:21:39 +00004852bool CorrectionCandidateCallback::ValidateCandidate(
4853 const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004854 if (!candidate.isResolved())
4855 return true;
4856
4857 if (candidate.isKeyword())
4858 return WantTypeSpecifiers || WantExpressionKeywords || WantCXXNamedCasts ||
4859 WantRemainingKeywords || WantObjCSuper;
4860
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004861 bool HasNonType = false;
4862 bool HasStaticMethod = false;
4863 bool HasNonStaticMethod = false;
4864 for (Decl *D : candidate) {
4865 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
4866 D = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4867 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
4868 if (Method->isStatic())
4869 HasStaticMethod = true;
4870 else
4871 HasNonStaticMethod = true;
4872 }
4873 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(D))
4874 HasNonType = true;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004875 }
4876
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004877 if (IsAddressOfOperand && HasNonStaticMethod && !HasStaticMethod &&
4878 !candidate.getCorrectionSpecifier())
4879 return false;
4880
4881 return WantTypeSpecifiers || HasNonType;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004882}
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004883
4884FunctionCallFilterCCC::FunctionCallFilterCCC(Sema &SemaRef, unsigned NumArgs,
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004885 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004886 MemberExpr *ME)
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004887 : NumArgs(NumArgs), HasExplicitTemplateArgs(HasExplicitTemplateArgs),
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004888 CurContext(SemaRef.CurContext), MemberFn(ME) {
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004889 WantTypeSpecifiers = false;
4890 WantFunctionLikeCasts = SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NumArgs == 1;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004891 WantRemainingKeywords = false;
4892}
4893
4894bool FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4895 if (!candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
4896 return candidate.isKeyword();
4897
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004898 for (auto *C : candidate) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004899 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004900 NamedDecl *ND = C->getUnderlyingDecl();
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004901 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4902 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4903 if (!HasExplicitTemplateArgs && !FD) {
4904 if (!(FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) && isa<ValueDecl>(ND)) {
4905 // If the Decl is neither a function nor a template function,
4906 // determine if it is a pointer or reference to a function. If so,
4907 // check against the number of arguments expected for the pointee.
4908 QualType ValType = cast<ValueDecl>(ND)->getType();
4909 if (ValType->isAnyPointerType() || ValType->isReferenceType())
4910 ValType = ValType->getPointeeType();
4911 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = ValType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00004912 if (FPT->getNumParams() == NumArgs)
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004913 return true;
4914 }
4915 }
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004916
4917 // Skip the current candidate if it is not a FunctionDecl or does not accept
4918 // the current number of arguments.
4919 if (!FD || !(FD->getNumParams() >= NumArgs &&
4920 FD->getMinRequiredArguments() <= NumArgs))
4921 continue;
4922
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004923 // If the current candidate is a non-static C++ method, skip the candidate
4924 // unless the method being corrected--or the current DeclContext, if the
4925 // function being corrected is not a method--is a method in the same class
4926 // or a descendent class of the candidate's parent class.
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004927 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004928 if (MemberFn || !MD->isStatic()) {
4929 CXXMethodDecl *CurMD =
4930 MemberFn
4931 ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberFn->getMemberDecl())
4932 : dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004933 CXXRecordDecl *CurRD =
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004934 CurMD ? CurMD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004935 CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl();
4936 if (!CurRD || (CurRD != RD && !CurRD->isDerivedFrom(RD)))
4937 continue;
4938 }
4939 }
4940 return true;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004941 }
4942 return false;
4943}
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004944
4945void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4946 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4947 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4948 diagnoseTypo(Correction, TypoDiag, PDiag(diag::note_previous_decl),
4949 ErrorRecovery);
4950}
4951
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004952/// Find which declaration we should import to provide the definition of
4953/// the given declaration.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004954static NamedDecl *getDefinitionToImport(NamedDecl *D) {
4955 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004956 return VD->getDefinition();
Yaron Keren18c3d062016-07-13 19:04:51 +00004957 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
4958 return FD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004959 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004960 return TD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004961 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004962 return ID->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004963 if (ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004964 return PD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004965 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004966 return getDefinitionToImport(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004967 return nullptr;
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004968}
4969
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004970void Sema::diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00004971 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004972 assert(!isVisible(Decl) && "missing import for non-hidden decl?");
4973
4974 // Suggest importing a module providing the definition of this entity, if
4975 // possible.
4976 NamedDecl *Def = getDefinitionToImport(Decl);
4977 if (!Def)
4978 Def = Decl;
4979
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004980 Module *Owner = getOwningModule(Decl);
4981 assert(Owner && "definition of hidden declaration is not in a module");
4982
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004983 llvm::SmallVector<Module*, 8> OwningModules;
4984 OwningModules.push_back(Owner);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004985 auto Merged = Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(Decl);
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004986 OwningModules.insert(OwningModules.end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
4987
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00004988 diagnoseMissingImport(Loc, Decl, Decl->getLocation(), OwningModules, MIK,
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004989 Recover);
4990}
4991
Richard Smith4eb83932016-04-27 21:57:05 +00004992/// \brief Get a "quoted.h" or <angled.h> include path to use in a diagnostic
4993/// suggesting the addition of a #include of the specified file.
4994static std::string getIncludeStringForHeader(Preprocessor &PP,
4995 const FileEntry *E) {
4996 bool IsSystem;
4997 auto Path =
4998 PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().suggestPathToFileForDiagnostics(E, &IsSystem);
4999 return (IsSystem ? '<' : '"') + Path + (IsSystem ? '>' : '"');
5000}
5001
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005002void Sema::diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation UseLoc, NamedDecl *Decl,
5003 SourceLocation DeclLoc,
5004 ArrayRef<Module *> Modules,
5005 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover) {
5006 assert(!Modules.empty());
5007
5008 if (Modules.size() > 1) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005009 std::string ModuleList;
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005010 unsigned N = 0;
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005011 for (Module *M : Modules) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005012 ModuleList += "\n ";
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005013 if (++N == 5 && N != Modules.size()) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005014 ModuleList += "[...]";
5015 break;
5016 }
5017 ModuleList += M->getFullModuleName();
5018 }
5019
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005020 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use_multiple)
5021 << (int)MIK << Decl << ModuleList;
Richard Smith4eb83932016-04-27 21:57:05 +00005022 } else if (const FileEntry *E =
5023 PP.getModuleHeaderToIncludeForDiagnostics(UseLoc, DeclLoc)) {
5024 // The right way to make the declaration visible is to include a header;
5025 // suggest doing so.
5026 //
5027 // FIXME: Find a smart place to suggest inserting a #include, and add
5028 // a FixItHint there.
5029 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use_header)
5030 << (int)MIK << Decl << Modules[0]->getFullModuleName()
5031 << getIncludeStringForHeader(PP, E);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005032 } else {
Richard Smithacef17a2016-05-05 02:14:06 +00005033 // FIXME: Add a FixItHint that imports the corresponding module.
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005034 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use)
5035 << (int)MIK << Decl << Modules[0]->getFullModuleName();
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005036 }
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005037
5038 unsigned DiagID;
5039 switch (MIK) {
5040 case MissingImportKind::Declaration:
5041 DiagID = diag::note_previous_declaration;
5042 break;
5043 case MissingImportKind::Definition:
5044 DiagID = diag::note_previous_definition;
5045 break;
5046 case MissingImportKind::DefaultArgument:
5047 DiagID = diag::note_default_argument_declared_here;
5048 break;
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00005049 case MissingImportKind::ExplicitSpecialization:
5050 DiagID = diag::note_explicit_specialization_declared_here;
5051 break;
5052 case MissingImportKind::PartialSpecialization:
5053 DiagID = diag::note_partial_specialization_declared_here;
5054 break;
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005055 }
5056 Diag(DeclLoc, DiagID);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005057
5058 // Try to recover by implicitly importing this module.
5059 if (Recover)
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005060 createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(UseLoc, Modules[0]);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005061}
5062
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00005063/// \brief Diagnose a successfully-corrected typo. Separated from the correction
5064/// itself to allow external validation of the result, etc.
5065///
5066/// \param Correction The result of performing typo correction.
5067/// \param TypoDiag The diagnostic to produce. This will have the corrected
5068/// string added to it (and usually also a fixit).
5069/// \param PrevNote A note to use when indicating the location of the entity to
5070/// which we are correcting. Will have the correction string added to it.
5071/// \param ErrorRecovery If \c true (the default), the caller is going to
5072/// recover from the typo as if the corrected string had been typed.
5073/// In this case, \c PDiag must be an error, and we will attach a fixit
5074/// to it.
5075void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
5076 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
5077 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
5078 bool ErrorRecovery) {
5079 std::string CorrectedStr = Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts());
5080 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
5081 FixItHint FixTypo = FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
5082 Correction.getCorrectionRange(), CorrectedStr);
5083
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00005084 // Maybe we're just missing a module import.
5085 if (Correction.requiresImport()) {
Richard Smithde6d6c42015-12-29 19:43:10 +00005086 NamedDecl *Decl = Correction.getFoundDecl();
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00005087 assert(Decl && "import required but no declaration to import");
5088
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005089 diagnoseMissingImport(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), Decl,
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00005090 MissingImportKind::Declaration, ErrorRecovery);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00005091 return;
5092 }
5093
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00005094 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), TypoDiag)
5095 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixTypo : FixItHint());
5096
5097 NamedDecl *ChosenDecl =
Richard Smithde6d6c42015-12-29 19:43:10 +00005098 Correction.isKeyword() ? nullptr : Correction.getFoundDecl();
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00005099 if (PrevNote.getDiagID() && ChosenDecl)
5100 Diag(ChosenDecl->getLocation(), PrevNote)
5101 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixItHint() : FixTypo);
Benjamin Kramer7de99692016-11-16 18:15:26 +00005102
5103 // Add any extra diagnostics.
5104 for (const PartialDiagnostic &PD : Correction.getExtraDiagnostics())
5105 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), PD);
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00005106}
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00005107
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00005108TypoExpr *Sema::createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
5109 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
5110 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC) {
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00005111 assert(TCC && "createDelayedTypo requires a valid TypoCorrectionConsumer");
5112 auto TE = new (Context) TypoExpr(Context.DependentTy);
5113 auto &State = DelayedTypos[TE];
5114 State.Consumer = std::move(TCC);
5115 State.DiagHandler = std::move(TDG);
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00005116 State.RecoveryHandler = std::move(TRC);
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00005117 return TE;
5118}
5119
5120const Sema::TypoExprState &Sema::getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const {
5121 auto Entry = DelayedTypos.find(TE);
5122 assert(Entry != DelayedTypos.end() &&
5123 "Failed to get the state for a TypoExpr!");
5124 return Entry->second;
5125}
5126
5127void Sema::clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE) {
5128 DelayedTypos.erase(TE);
5129}
Richard Smithba3a4f92016-01-12 21:59:26 +00005130
5131void Sema::ActOnPragmaDump(Scope *S, SourceLocation IILoc, IdentifierInfo *II) {
5132 DeclarationNameInfo Name(II, IILoc);
5133 LookupResult R(*this, Name, LookupAnyName, Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
5134 R.suppressDiagnostics();
5135 R.setHideTags(false);
5136 LookupName(R, S);
5137 R.dump();
5138}